24VIP Casino Review

24VIP Casino

24VIP CasinoT & C Apply

24VIP Casino

Live Dealer, Rival, Betsoft, Betonsoft, Saucify, Genii, Spinomenal, Tom Horn

Overall Rating

24VIP Casino Info

Trusted 24VIP Casino Ratings:

  • PC Rating ———-—— 99%
  • CM Rating —————- n/a
  • TP Rating —————- n/a
  • UK Rating ————– 99%
  • US Rating ————– 100%
  • OC Rating ———-— n/a
  • RC Rating ————— 100%
  • CL Rating —————- n/a
  • LC Rating ———-— 99%
  • Average Casino Rating ————- 5.0 (out of 5)

Click here if you are looking for the best Crypto Casinos.

Superior Casino Review

Superior Casino

Superior CasinoT & C Apply

Superior Casino

Live Dealer, Rival, Betsoft, Betonsoft, Saucify, Genii, Spinomenal, Tom Horn

Overall Rating

Superior Casino Info

Trusted Superior Casino Ratings:

  • PC Rating ———-—— 95%
  • CM Rating —————- n/a
  • TP Rating —————- n/a
  • UK Rating ————– 95%
  • US Rating ————– 99%
  • OC Rating ———-— n/a
  • RC Rating ————— 100%
  • CL Rating —————- 100%
  • LC Rating ———-— 100%
  • Average Casino Rating ————- 4.9 (out of 5)

Click here if you are looking for the best Crypto Casinos.

888 Tiger Casino Review

888 Tiger Casino

888 Tiger CasinoT & C Apply

888 Tiger Casino

Live Dealer, Rival, Betsoft, Betonsoft, Saucify, Genii, Spinomenal, Tom Horn

Overall Rating

888 Tiger Casino Info

Find all Crypto Casinos.

Pixel Samurai Jackpot Slot

Pixel Samurai slot RTP = 93.98%

Chain Reactor Game

The objective of Pixel Samurai™ is to obtain combinations of 5 or more vertically and/or horizontally adjacent identical symbols. Groups of at least 5 identical symbols win a multiplier for your bet.

TO PLAY THE GAME

  • Choose your bet by clicking ‘–’ or ‘+’ below ‘BET’.
  • Clicking PLAY spins the reels with the currently selected line bet.
  • Pressing the Spacebar key spins the reels with the currently selected bet.
  • The reels can also be spun using the Autolay function.By default, Autoplay is set to 1.
    • Choose the number of autospins by clicking ‘–’ or ‘+’ below AUTOPLAY. The number of auto spins left is displayed below the ‘STOP AUTOPLAY’.
    • Clicking the PLAY button starts the Autoplay mode.
  • Clicking the STOP AUTOPLAY button stops Autoplay mode.

ABOUT PAYOUTS

  • Wins are calculated according to the Paytable which can be accessed via the Menu.
  • A winning combination consists of 5 or more identical symbols that are vertically and/or horizontally adjacent to each other. The more symbols participate in the winning combination, the bigger the payout.
  • Diagonally adjacent symbols do not form a winning combination.
  • If more than 1 kind of symbols form winning combinations, the winnings are added up.
  • The Win popup displays the accumulated winnings of a single game round.

SYMBOLS

  • Pixel Samurai™ features 6 different symbols – Red Samurai, Blue Lady, Subzero, Yellow Monk, Purple Sumo and Green Robin. The Red Samurai is the Jackpot symbol.
  • At the beginning of each game round, all the symbols in the game field are reset.
  • Symbols that form a winning combination explode, enabling more symbols to drop down and form new combinations.
  • The more symbols form the winning combination, the bigger the payout.

MAXIMUM WIN LIMIT

The maximum win in the game has an upper limit. For more information, see the Terms and Conditions section.

PIXEL SAMURAI™ PROGRESSIVE JACKPOT

  • A winning combination of 8 or more Red Samurai symbols wins a percentage of the Pixel Samurai™ Jackpot, depending on your bet size.
  • You can win either 1%, 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 50% or 100% of the current Progressive Jackpot amount. The share of the Jackpot you can win increases with the size of your bet. For more information, see the Paytable.
  • Clicking CONTINUE ends the jackpot game and returns the player to the main game.
  • Note: The full Pixel Samurai™ Progressive Jackpot can only be won if you place the maximum possible bet in the game.
  • 0.975% of each player’s bet in all Pixel Samurai™ game rounds played online in all online casinos is added to the Progressive Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot ticker field is constantly updated according to your currently selected bet amount.
  • Note: Delays in updating the jackpot ticker may result in your jackpot win being larger than the amount displayed in the jackpot ticker.
  • If 2 or more players win the Progressive Jackpot at the same time, the wins are distributed as follows:
    • Player 1 places a bet that makes him eligible to win the Progressive Jackpot.
    • Players 2, 3, etc. will then only win the seed as the progressive part has already been won by Player 1.
  • Note: If the game is terminated while winning the Progressive Jackpot, a screen summarizing the Jackpot winnings will be shown upon resuming the game.

Info page:

  • Clicking the Info button opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the bottom of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The first screen explains how to form wins and shows the percentage of the jackpot that is awarded at different bet amounts.
    • The second screen illustrates all the game symbols and their respective payouts.
  • Clicking BACK TO GAME exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Buttons:

  • INFO – Open the reference screen that describes the different game components (paytable).
  • Bet – Increase or decrease the total bet by clicking the ‘–’ or ‘+’ buttons.
  • Play – Spin the reels.
  • Autoplay – Increase or decrease the number of times the reels will spin in succession.
  • Play / Stop Autoplay – Spin the reels for the number of times selected in the Autoplay field. / End the active Autoplay reel spin mode.

Note on disconnections: if you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of the game, log in again into the casino. You will be automatically directed back to the game and you can continue the game from the point where it was broken. If you re-open the game without re-logging into the casino, the game will start from the very beginning. In both cases, your previous wins will be paid.

To check the results of your old games or find additional details about recent games, click the History button, available in the Menu. Use your regular username and password to log in and check the outcome of previous rounds of both desktop and mobile version of the game.

Note on malfunctions: a malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on unresolved bets: unresolved bets placed become void after 90 days.

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 93.98%, that includes the Progressive Jackpot contribution of 0.98%.

Adventures Beyond Wonderland

Adventures Beyond Wonderland

5-reel 243-ways Slot

The objective of the Adventures Beyond Wonderland slot is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Click Play on the entry screen so that you can be directed to the main game reels.
  • This game is played with 243 Ways to Win.
    • Any combination of 3 or more matching symbols appearing anywhere on adjacent reels starting from the left will form a win.
    • The amount of Ways to Win is fixed.
  • For information on Ways wins, click Info and go to the Paylines page.
  • Choose your total bet by clicking + and – below the Total Bet field.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current bet.
  • The reels can be spun automatically. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Your win will equal your bet multiplied by the corresponding value according to the paytable.
  • On a given way, only the highest winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different ways are accumulated.
  • In the case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings.
  • The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.

Info pages:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference pages describing the different game components.
  • Clicking the Next and Prev buttons cycles between the pages.
  • Another way of switching between the pages is by clicking the page name buttons.
  • Clicking Back to Reels exits the Info pages and returns you to the game.

About Payouts:

  • Payouts are listed in the paytable screen. To find the possible win amount for any given symbol combination, the coin value must be multiplied by the payout.
  • Your win will equal your Total Bet multiplied by the Ways Multiplier, then multiplied by the corresponding value of the win according to the paytable. The Ways Multiplier may change depending on your bet.
  • If 2 winning combinations occur on the same way, the higher of them is paid out. If more than 1 way has a winning combination, the winnings are accumulated.
  • Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the same symbol has to be on every consecutive reel.

Maximum Win Limit

  • The maximum win in the game has an upper limit. For more information, see the Terms and Conditions section.

Wild

The Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination.

Scatter

  • The Scatter symbol in the game is the Free Games symbol.
  • Free Games symbols landing on reels 1, 3 and 5 in the main game will trigger the Cheshire Cat Free Games feature.
  • Free Games symbols have no payout of their own.

Falling Alice

  • On any spin, Alice can fall from the trees above the reels.
  • Alice will only fall onto reels 2, 3, or 4.
  • Alice will pop any Bonus Bubbles she falls through. Any prizes inside popped Bonus Bubbles will be awarded as explained in the relevant section.
  • All the symbols on the reel Alice falls down will be replaced with Wild symbols.

Caterpillar Bonus Bubbles

  • On any spin, the Caterpillar to the right of the reels may blow a Bonus Bubble.
  • Bonus Bubbles occupy the spaces above reels 2, 3 and 4.
    • When blown, a Bonus Bubble will immediately move to the space over reel 4.
    • On every spin, all Bonus Bubbles will move 1 reel to the left. A bubble above reel 4 will move to the space above reel 3, a bubble above reel 3 will move to the space above reel 2.
    • A Bonus Bubble above reel 2 will leave the screen when the reels are spun.
  • Each Bonus Bubble contains 1 of 4 bonuses that will be awarded when the bubble is popped by the Falling Alice feature:
    • A win multiplier, which will multiply any payouts made on the spin during which the bubble popped by a random amount of up to x10. The random multiplier will be revealed when the bubble is popped.
    • A cash prize, represented by coins in the bubble, which will award an instant cash prize when the bubble is popped.
    • The progressive jackpot, represented by the Jackpot Castle in the bubble. More information on the progressive jackpot can be found in the relevant section below.
    • The Drink Me Potion, which will make Alice grow. Drinking the potion causes Alice to grow and create an additional 1 or 2 reels filled with Wild symbols.
  • Bonus Bubbles that are popped will only affect the current spin.
  • Bonus Bubbles are only present during the main game. If Free Games are triggered, any bubbles that were present on the reels will remain in the same place as on the triggering spin when the Free Games have ended.
  • Note: changing the bet will remove any bubbles currently above the reels.

Cheshire Cat Free Games

  • Free Games symbols landing on reels 1, 3 and 5 in the main game will trigger the Cheshire Cat Free Games feature.
  • The Cheshire Cat will award a random number of free games, which are played on different reels.
  • Free Games are played with horizontal reels.
  • During Cheshire Cat Free Games, Cheshire Cat Wild symbols replace the regular Wild symbols.
  • Cheshire Cat Wild symbols substitute for other symbols in the same way as regular Wild symbols with the following extra effects:
    • Cheshire Cat Wild symbols will not spin in on the reels. They have a chance of appearing randomly during any Free Games spin.
    • Any Cheshire Cat Wild symbols on the reels will increase or decrease in size on random spins.
    • A Cheshire Cat Wild that increases in size will do so horizontally, pushing the other symbols aside. In this way, a Cheshire Cat Wild that is 2 symbols wide will sit on a reel with 4 other symbols.
    • Cheshire Cat Wild symbols can expand to a maximum of 3 symbols wide, resulting in a maximum reel size of 7 symbols.
    • A Cheshire Cat Wild that is 1 symbol wide that decreases in size will disappear from the reels.
  • Free Games symbols will not appear during free games: the Free Games feature cannot be retriggered.
  • The free games are played with the same bet that was placed on the spin that triggered them.

Progressive Jackpot

  • The progressive jackpot can be won by popping the Jackpot Bonus Bubble.
  • Bets placed when the jackpot has been won and a reduced balance is available will be voided.
  • In the event of a communication error after a progressive win result has been determined and before it has been displayed on screen, the win amount will automatically be transferred to the player’s account.
  • In the event of the jackpot being won, other players playing the game simultaneously will be informed of the new jackpot value and offered the option to void the present bet. This is only relevant if the jackpot display on the other players’ games has not been updated to the new value yet.
  • After the jackpot has been won, the jackpot is reset to the seed value of EUR 20,000.
  • Whilst the game is live the jackpot can only be terminated if the value of the jackpot is zero. If the game is removed the outstanding pool amount can be transferred to another jackpot or retained by the operator.

The Jackpot in the game is progressive that is accumulated by all Casinos offering the Adventures Beyond Wonderland game. A small percentage of each bet is added to a common pot. The greater part of this contribution is used to form the progressive jackpot amount, and the other, smaller part, contributes to a seed, which is the minimum amount of money guaranteed to be won by players of the game.

The Progressive Jackpot works as follows:

Seed (how much money the Progressive Jackpot starts with): EUR 20,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies)
Average contribution rate (what average percentage of each bet goes into the Progressive Jackpot): 0.99% (0.49% to progressive pot and 0.50% to seed pot)
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Progressive Jackpot): The progressive jackpot can be won by popping the Jackpot Bonus Bubble.
Win requirements (what you need to do to qualify for the Progressive Jackpot): Play the Adventures Beyond Wonderland game.

Note: In case 2 players win the Progressive Jackpot at the same time, the 1st player will be awarded the seed and the progressive part, and the 2nd one will win the seed together with any possibly accumulated progressive part for the time between the winning of the Progressive Jackpot by the 1st and the 2nd player.

If the Jackpot is being discontinued (the game is closed and removed from the Casino), you will be notified about it by the Casino.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 95.02% without the jackpot, and 96.01% with the jackpot.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

Winnings of Oz

Winnings of Oz

5-Reel 25-line Slots

The objective of the Winnings of Oz slot is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Click START on the entry screen so that you can be directed to the main game reels.
  • Choose your number of active paylines by clicking + and – below the Lines field. Winnings of Oz can be played on 1 to 25 lines.
    • Wins can form on any active payline.
    • Wins cannot form on a payline that is not active.
  • For information on paylines, click Info and go to the Paylines page.
  • Choose your bet by clicking + and – below the Line Bet field.
  • Clicking SPIN spins the reels with the current bet.
  • The reels can be spun automatically. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on or off the Turbo Mode thus turning on or off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster or slower.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Your win will equal your bet multiplied by the corresponding value according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page, on the Payouts screen.
  • On a given payline, only the highest winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.

Info pages:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference pages describing the different game components.
  • Clicking the arrow buttons enables you to navigate between the pages.
  • Another way of switching between the pages is by clicking the page name buttons.
    • The Payouts page shows all winning combinations (the paytable).
    • The Paylines page illustrates all paylines.
    • The other pages describe the features of the game.
  • Clicking Back to Reels exits the Info pages and returns you to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels as illustrated in the Paylines screen of the Info page.
    • Any active paylines can register wins.
    • Inactive paylines will not register wins.
    • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on a single spin. Payouts shown in the paytable (on the Payouts screen) are multiplied by the line bet.

About Payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Payouts screen. To find the possible win amount for any given symbol combination, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If 2 payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than 1 active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are accumulated.
  • Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

Maximum Win Limit

  • The maximum win in the game has an upper limit. For more information, see the Terms and Conditions section.

Wild Symbol

Wild can stand for any symbol except for any Scatter to make the best possible winning combination. If a Wild participates in a winning combination, the win for that combination will be multiplied by 2.

There is also a separate payout for 2 or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from Wild is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by Wild standing in).

If a Wild forms more than one win on a single pay line, then it will only be counted for the win that pays the most. If the wins are the same value, then it will count as a Wild win.

Scatter Symbols

There are 3 Scatter symbols in Winnings of Oz.

  • The Bonus Scatter triggers the Yellow Brick Road bonus when landing simultaneously on reels 1, 3 and 5.
  • The Wizard Bonus Scatter triggers the Meet the Wizard Bonus when landing on reel 5 with Bonus Scatter symbols on reels 1 and 3.
  • The Free Spins Scatter triggers Free Spins when landing simultaneously on reels 2, 4 and 5.

Note: Scatter symbols have no payout of their own.

Yellow Brick Road bonus

The Yellow Brick Road bonus feature is triggered by landing Bonus Scatter symbols on reels 1, 3 and 5 simultaneously. This will transport you to the Yellow Brick Road trail board made up of squares that lead to the Emerald City.
Each square on the trail will have one of the following:

  • A multiplier value (ie, x2, x5, x10).
  • One of Dorothy’s companions (Scarecrow, Tin Man or the Lion)
  • If you are playing at a high total bet, you may see PROGRESSIVE on one of the squares. Landing on this square will end the bonus round and award the progressive jackpot (see below for more information).

Click SPIN to spin the wheel. The wheel will land on either a number, which will advance you the corresponding number of spaces on the trail, or on COLLECT, which will end the bonus and award your total bet multiplied by your current space on the trail.

If you land on a companion, the companion will appear in the collection area in the top right of the screen and activate these additional effects:

  • Collecting 1 companion will set all the multiplier values along the trail to their original value x2.
  • Collecting 2 companions will set all the multiplier values along the trail to their original value x3.
  • Collecting 3 companions will set all the multiplier values along the trail to their original value x4.

If you land on a companion or a multiplier space, you will be able to spin the wheel again and advance further on the trail. If you reach the Emerald City at the end of the trail, you will activate the Meet The Wizard bonus (explained below). Triggering the Meet the Wizard bonus will not award any winnings from the Yellow Brick Road bonus.

If you collect all 3 companions and reach the Emerald City, you will be awarded the Progressive Jackpot and will not play the Meet the Wizard bonus. See the Progressive Jackpot section below for more information.

Meet the Wizard bonus

The Meet the Wizard bonus can be triggered in 2 ways:

  • Land Bonus Scatter symbols on reels 1 and 3 and the Wizard Bonus Scatter symbol on reel 5.
  • Reach the Emerald City in the Yellow Brick Road bonus.

Upon entering the Meet the Wizard bonus in any way, you will be presented with 20 coins. You may pick 4 of these coins. Each coin picked will reveal one of the following:

  • An emerald, which awards an immediate cash prize
  • A character (Dorothy, the Scarecrow, the Tin Man or the Lion).

At the end of the bonus any characters you have collected will award additional cash prizes.
If you triggered the Meet the Wizard bonus through the Yellow Brick Road bonus any companions you collected during the Yellow Brick Road bonus will be awarded prior to your coin picks. You will be awarded additional cash prizes for these characters. If you find all 4 characters (Dorothy, the Scarecrow, the Tin Man and the Lion), the bonus round will end and you will be awarded the progressive jackpot. See the Progressive Jackpot section below for more information.

Free Spins

Free Spins are triggered by landing Free Spins Scatter symbols on reels 2, 4 and 5.
Free Spins are played with the same line bet and number of active paylines as the triggering spin. Free Spins Scatter and Bonus Scatter symbols will not appear during Free Spins.

There are 2 extra symbols in play during Free Spins:

  • Good Witch Wild symbols behave like normal Wild symbols standing in as any other symbol to form wins. Unlike the normal Wild symbol, they will not multiply wins.
  • Wicked Witch Scatter symbols will award a win if 2 or more appear anywhere on the reels and do not need to appear on an active payline. Scatter Wins are multiplied by your total stake.

Both of these extra symbols are automatically collected whenever they appear on the reels, regardless of whether or not they are part of a winning combination.

  • Up to 10 Good Witch Wild symbols can be collected. Your collected Good Witch Wild symbols will be used during the final Super Spin.
  • When 5 or more Wicked Witch Scatter symbols are collected Free Spins will end and the final Super Spin will be triggered.

When the Super Spin is triggered by the collection of 5 Wicked Witch Scatter symbols, all collected Good Witch Wild symbols will be placed randomly on the reels. The reels will then spin once with these Good Witch Wild symbols held in place. If fewer than 2 Good Witch Wild symbols have been collected you will be awarded Good Witch Wild symbols to add up to the minimum of 2 on the reels.
Neither of the Witch symbols will appear during the Super Spin. After the winnings have been awarded from the Super Spin you will be returned to the normal reel game.

Progressive Jackpot

  • Bets placed when the jackpot has been won and a reduced balance is available will be voided.
  • In the event of a communication error after a progressive win result has been determined and before it has been displayed on screen, the win amount will automatically be transferred to the player’s account.
  • In the event of the jackpot being won, other players playing the game simultaneously will be informed of the new jackpot value and offered the option to void the present bet. This is only relevant if the jackpot display on the other players’ games has not been updated to the new value yet.
  • Whilst the game is live the jackpot can only be terminated if the value of the jackpot is zero. If the game is removed the outstanding pool amount can be transferred to another jackpot or retained by the operator.
  • The jackpot in is accumulated by all Casinos offering the Winnings of Oz game.
  • When the jackpot is won, it is reset to the balance stored in the reseed fund.
  • If the jackpot is being discontinued (the game is closed and removed from the Casino), you will be notified about it by the Casino.

The progressive jackpot works as follows:

Initial jackpot value (the money in the jackpot at launch): EUR 20,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies)
Reseed fund (the money the jackpot resets to after being won): Varies depending on the number of contributions made before the jackpot was most recently won.
Average contribution rate (what average percentage of each bet goes into the Progressive Jackpot): 1.09%
Win requirements (what you need to do to qualify for the Progressive Jackpot): Play the Winnings of Oz game.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 90.91% without the jackpot, and 92.00% with the jackpot.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

Who Wants To Be A Millionaire fruit machine

Who Wants To Be A Millionaire

5-Reel 50-line Slots

The objective of Who Wants To Be A Millionaire is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Click Continue on the entry screen so that you can be directed to the main game reels.
  • Choose your number of active paylines clicking + and – below the Lines field. Who Wants To Be A Millionaire can be played on 1 to 50 lines.
  • Wins can form on any active payline.
  • Wins cannot form on a payline that is not active.
  • For information on paylines, click Info and go to the Paylines page.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on a single spin. Payouts shown in the paytable (on the Payouts screen) are multiplied by the line bet.
  • Choose your bet by clicking + and – below the Line Bet field.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current bet.
  • The reels can be spun automatically. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on or off the Turbo Mode thus turning on or off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster or slower.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Your win will equal your bet multiplied by the corresponding value according to the paytable.
  • On a given payline, only the highest winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In the case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Bonus screen describes the necessary combination of symbols to enter the bonus round and describes the bonus round rules.
  • Show Paylines can be clicked from the Paytable page to open a screen which illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines arrow buttons. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

About payouts:

  • If a symbol has a winning combination on more than one reel, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be on consecutive reels.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are accumulated.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

Maximum Win Limit

The maximum win in the game has an upper limit. For more information, see the Terms and Conditions section.

Wild Symbol

The Wild symbol can stand for any symbol other than the Free Spins Scatter , the Jackpot Ladder Scatter , or the Prize Pick Scatter , to make the best possible winning combination.

There is also a separate payout for 2 or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from Wilds is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by Wild standing in).

Scatter Symbols

The game features 3 Scatter symbols:

Scatter Symbol Trigger
Prize Pick Scatter 3 or more on an active payline trigger the Prize Pick In-Reel Bonus, as explained here.
Jackpot Ladder Scatter 3 or more on an active payline trigger the Progressive Jackpot Ladder Bonus round, as explained here.
Free Spins Scatter 3 or more on an active payline trigger the Free Spins with Shifting Wilds, as explained here.

Note: Scatter symbols have no payout of their own.

Prize Pick In-Reel Bonus

Whenever 3 or more appear on an active payline during the main game, the Prize Pick In-Reels Bonus is triggered.

During the bonus round the symbols that won the feature turn into virtual answers and you have to pick one by clicking on the desired symbol to get a cash prize of up to 1,000 times your total bet. The greater the number of that won the feature, the higher the cash prizes awarded. Once you have made your choice and the cash prize has been added to your balance, click Spin to continue the game.

Note: The Prize Pick In-Reel Bonus is available during the main game only.

Jackpot Ladder Bonus

Whenever 3 or more appear on an active payline during main game, the Jackpot Ladder Bonus is triggered.

The slots will be removed to reveal an image of the “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire?” TV studio. At the right of the screen is the Jackpot ladder, with the cash values displayed on each of its rungs. The rung you are currently on will be illuminated in orange.

Press Play to “answer the question” at the bottom of the screen. This will randomly select one of the answers, with the following possible results:

  • Advance -> You will be taken one rung up the ladder.
  • Advance X -> You will be taken up the ladder as many rungs as the number shown. For example, if you are awarded Advance 2, you will move up 2 rungs.
  • Collect -> The bonus round will end awarding the prize you last landed on.
  • Mystery -> You will be awarded a random answer.

The number of that triggered the bonus round determine the number of the free advances you are awarded during the Bonus:

  • 3 x -> 3 x free advance
  • 4 x -> 4 x free advance
  • 5 x -> 5 x free advance

The rungs that are randomly picked for free advances will be displayed in white on the ladder. Whenever you reach any of them, you will be taken up an extra rung along the ladder.

During the Jackpot Ladder Bonus and while an answer is to be picked for you, you can also use the lifelines shown on your left:

  • -> Removes 2 of the answers.
  • -> Gives a virtual answer to a question on behalf of the ‘audience’.
  • -> Provides an answer to the question on behalf of a virtual friend.

The Bonus round will end once you win the Progressive Jackpot or when the Collect option has been selected. Click Continue to return to the main game.

Note: The Jackpot Ladder Bonus is available during the main game only.

Progressive Jackpot

  • When the jackpot is won, it is reset to the balance stored in the reseed fund.
  • If the jackpot is being discontinued (the game is closed and removed from the Casino), you will be notified about it by the Casino.

The progressive jackpot works as follows:

Initial jackpot value (the money in the jackpot at launch): EUR 50,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies)
Reseed fund (the money the jackpot resets to after being won): Varies depending on the number of contributions made before the jackpot was most recently won.
Average contribution rate (what average percentage of each bet goes into the Progressive Jackpot): 1.00%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Progressive Jackpot): Answer all questions during the Jackpot Ladder Bonus.
Win requirements (what you need to do to qualify for the Progressive Jackpot): Play the Who Wants To Be A Millionaire game.

Free Spins

Whenever 3 or more appear on an active payline during main game, the Free Spins with Shifting Wilds are triggered.

The number of that won the feature determine the number of the Free Spins awarded:

  • 3 x -> 10 Free Spins
  • 4 x -> 15 Free Spins
  • 5 x -> 20 Free Spins

Click Start for the Free Spins to begin.

During the Free Spins that follow, turns into a timer symbol displaying the number of the reel it occupies. As a result, the symbol sticks to its position until the reels spin, at which point it shifts into the same slot on the reel to its immediate left. Once it reaches the 1st and leftmost reel, it disappears during the next free spin. These symbols act as Wilds and can stand for any other symbols during the feature since neither Scatters, nor regular Wilds appear during the free spins.

During the Free Spins the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the feature. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Spins Total field shows the accumulated winnings from all free spins played so far. The number of free spins left is shown in the Free Spins Remaining box.

Click OK to return to the main game reels.

Note: The Free Spins round cannot be retriggered.

If the free spins have been triggered during the Auto Play mode, the free spins round begins after you click on Start. After the feature has ended and you click OK, the Auto Play mode will not resume. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 90.00% without the jackpot, and 91.00% with the jackpot.

The Mummy slot

The Mummy

5-Reel 25-line Slots

The objective of The Mummy is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Line bets are chosen by clicking + and – below Line Bet to increase or decrease the amount.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X 25. This is due to the fact that the game is played using a fixed number of 25 active lines, no more, no less.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the currently selected bet. During the reel spin the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Mouse over the Auto Play button to display the list of options. Select the number of spins to be played automatically or choose Until Feature to spin until any special feature is triggered. Clicking on an option starts the Auto Play function. The Auto Play mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when a special feature is triggered if you chose Until Feature, or when you click Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In the case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the strip located at the bottom of the reels or the game window.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Lost City Adventure Bonus screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to enter the Lost City Adventure Bonus and describes its rules.
    • The Choose Your Feature screen on Info page 3 explains how the 8 special features are activated.
    • The Choose Your Feature screen on Info page 4 describes the Scorpion Scatter Feature, Expanding Mummy and Scarab Attack special features.
    • The Choose Your Feature screen on Info page 5 describes the Collapsing Reels, Mummy Power and Mummy Respin special features.
    • The Free Games With Super Spin Feature screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to enter the Free Games feature and describes the Free Games feature rules.
    • The Mummy Hunt Bonus screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to enter the Mummy Hunt Bonus and describes its rules.
    • The Paylines screen illustrates all possible payline combinations and explains the payout rules in the game.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • All 25 lines are active during the game.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol and the Scorpion Scatter symbol during the Scorpion Scatter Feature are exceptions to these rules. More information about these symbols can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations can only be on an active payline, must start from the leftmost reel and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol and the Scorpion Scatter symbol during the Scorpion Scatter Feature are exceptions to these rules. More information about these symbols can be found below.

Wild Symbol

The Wild symbol appears only on reels 2, 3 and 4. It can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter , Scorpion Scatter , Bonus and Free Games to make the best possible winning combination.

Scatter Symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. If there are three or more Scatter symbols in any position in the spin results, the payout earned is multiplied by the total bet and added to payline winnings.

Bonus Features

When you enter the game for the first time, you can play only the Lost City Adventure Bonus. No other special features are available in the game. As you play the game, more features will be unlocked.

Lost City Adventure Bonus

The Lost City Adventure Bonus is triggered randomly during main game.

To start it, click on Click to Start.

First you will be shown a clip from The Mummy movie sequel, then you will be taken to a chamber in the Lost City. Pick ancient crates for cash until Collect is chosen, which ends the Bonus and activates one of the special features in the following order: Scorpion Scatter Feature, Expanding Mummy, Scarab Attack, Free Games, Collapsing Reels, Mummy Power, Mummy Hunt Bonus and Mummy Respin. If all these features have been unlocked, Collect will simply end the Bonus.

Click on an ancient crate to make a selection. Not more than 6 ancient crates can be selected. Every selection either wins a cash prize, which is a multiple (from x1 to x4) of the total bet on the spin that triggered the Bonus, or is Collect. All cash prizes are added up.

At the end of the Bonus game, if you won a feature, you will be shown a special book that gives a short description of the feature won. After a short pause, a win screen displays your winnings. Game Win shows the winnings that were received from the main game spin that won the Bonus. Feature Win shows the winnings that were received during the Bonus. Total Win shows the accumulated winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up). In addition, if you won a feature, it will also appear in the win results. If no winnings were received during the spin that won the Bonus, then only the Total Win field will be shown. On this screen you can also see which special feature is unlocked by this Bonus game, unless all of them have been already activated.

Click Continue to return to the slot reels.

Winning a feature automatically activates it when returning to the main game. You can activate another feature at any time during the main game, if you have unlocked it.

If the Bonus is triggered during the Auto Play mode, the feature begins after the player clicks on Click to Start. The player has to make selections until Collect is chosen, which ends the Bonus. When the Bonus is over and the player clicks Continue on the screen summarizing the Bonus win, the Auto Play mode resumes. When returning to the reels, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize.

Every time you play the Lost City Adventure Bonus, you activate one of the eight special features to be used in the main game, in the following order: Scorpion Scatter Feature, Expanding Mummy, Scarab Attack, Free Games, Collapsing Reels, Mummy Power, Mummy Hunt Bonus and Mummy Respin.

Six of them occupy each of the six empty places to the left of the reels and can be activated at anytime by clicking on the respective feature logo. The activated feature remains active until another special feature is activated.

The other two of the special features add special symbols to the reels: Free Games Symbols that can trigger the Free Games feature and Mummy Hunt Bonus Symbols , which can trigger the Mummy Hunt Bonus. Winning each of these features adds the special symbols to the reels permanently.

The state of the features won as well as the special symbols added to the reels is saved when exiting and restored when re-entering the game.

The special features are the following:

Scorpion Scatter Feature

Once this feature is activated, the symbol becomes Extra Scatter and pays with a special paytable. The Scorpion Extra Scatter symbol doesn’t have to appear on any particular payline in order to win. If there are two or more of these symbols in any position in the spin results, the payout earned is multiplied by the total bet and added to payline winnings.

Expanding Mummy

Enabling this feature converts the Wild symbol into Expanding Wild. Every time the Wild symbol appears anywhere on a reel and it is possible to have a winning combination by having it substitute for any other symbol on that reel, it expands to cover the entire reel. All positions on that reel are considered as Wild symbols. All resulting winning combinations are paid.

Scarab Attack

If this feature is enabled and a Wild symbol appears anywhere on reel 3, two more Wild symbols are distributed: one randomly on reel 2 and the other randomly on reel 4. Scatter wins are paid before Random Wild symbols are distributed.

Free Games

Once the player wins the Free Games special symbols, they are permanently added to the reels, making it possible to trigger the 5 Free Games and 1 Super Spin feature.

Free Games symbols appear only on reels 1, 3 and 5. When they appear on all 3 reels simultaneously, in any position, during the main game, they trigger the 5 Free Games and 1 Super Spin feature.

To start the 5 Free Games and 1 Super Spin feature, click on Click to Start. A message appears saying that 5 Free Games and 1 Super Spin feature follows. After a while the feature begins automatically.

During the first 5 Free Games, the number of Wild symbols that appear anywhere on the reels is counted and stored at the left side of the reels, under ‘Collected Wilds’. After five free spins, the Super Spin begins: the collected number of Wild symbols is distributed randomly on reels 2, 3 and 4 and freeze there for the duration of one additional spin. Not more than 9 Wild symbols can be distributed in this way. Scatter wins are paid before the Wild symbols are distributed.

More Free Games cannot be retriggered. The Lost City Adventure Bonus and Mummy Hunt Bonus cannot be triggered during the Free Games.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

During the feature, the reels are spun automatically using the same bet per line as on the spin that won the feature. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game Win shows the winnings that were received from the main game spin that won the Free Games. Feature Win shows the winnings that were received during the Free Games. Total Win shows the accumulated winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up).

If no winnings were received during the spin that won the Bonus, then only the Total Win field will be shown. On this screen you can also see which special feature is unlocked by this Bonus game, unless all of them have been already activated.

Clicking Continue will return you to the main game. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize.

Free Game wins are added to the payline and Scatter wins.

If the Free Games are triggered during the Auto Play mode, the feature begins after the player clicks on Click to Start. When all Free Games have been played and the player clicks Continue on the screen summarizing the Free Games win, the Auto Play mode resumes. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize.

Collapsing Reels

If there is a win in the spin results, all symbols that participated in any winning combination explode, once all wins of that screen have been counted, and the symbols on top of them fall down and take their empty places. The reels keep collapsing this way as long as new winning combinations are formed.

Winning symbols also ‘explode’.

symbols and symbols do not ‘explode’.

Mummy Power

While the Mummy Power feature is active, every Wild that substitutes in a winning combination on an active payline, multiplies the line bet by x3. If there are more than one Wild symbols substituting on a payline, the win from that payline is equal to three times their number multiplied by the line bet. The accumulated wins from all active paylines form the total spin win.

Mummy Hunt Bonus

Mummy Hunt Bonus symbols anywhere on reels 1 and 5 simultaneously, in any position, during the main game trigger the Mummy Hunt Bonus.

To start it, click on Click to Start. An animation will lead you to the depths of the pyramid. Click on Continue and the Bonus begins.

In the Mummy Hunt Bonus, the player hunts mummies for cash. In each Bonus round, the player kills at least 2 and not more than 10 mummies. All cash prizes are a multiple (X1, X2 or X3) of the total bet on the spin that triggered the feature and are added up. The player is repeatedly faced with crossroads, where left or right turn must be chosen. A crossroad can lead to a dead end where mummies ambush you and end the Bonus, or to a mummy that you kill, win a cash prize for, and continue to the next crossroad. The Bonus ends when a dead end is reached or 10 mummies are captured successfully. As you kill mummies, you will be able to see your progress in the pyramid as well as the number of mummies you have hunted down in a special map at the top right of the screen.

If you hunted down all 10 mummies, you will see a video clip from The Mummy movie, before taken to the win screen.

At the end of the Bonus game, a win screen displays your winnings. Game Win shows the winnings that were received from the main game that won the Bonus. Feature Win shows the winnings that were received during the Bonus. Total Win shows the accumulated winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up). If no winnings were received during the spin that won the Bonus, then only the Total Win field will be shown.
Click Continue to return to the slot reels.

If the Bonus is triggered during the Auto Play mode, the feature begins after the player clicks on Click to Start. The player makes selections until reaching a dead end or hunting 10 mummies. When the Bonus is over and the player clicks Continue on the screen summarizing the Bonus win, the Auto Play mode resumes. When returning to the reels, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize.

Mummy Respin

Every time a Wild symbol appears anywhere on the reels while this feature is active, the reel that has a Wild symbol on it freezes in place, while the rest of the reels spin. These spins continue until some kind of win is formed. All these extra respins are free. If other Wild symbols appear on the reels while spinning, they do not freeze. You have to click on Click to Start to trigger the special respins.

The Lost City Adventure Bonus can be triggered during the first spin that triggers the feature but not during any of the respins.

If the Mummy Hunt Bonus or the Free Games Feature is activated simultaneously with the Mummy Respin feature, the game will first play the Bonus or the Free Games Feature, then return to the main game to play out the rest of the respins.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 92.02%.

The Love Boat

The Love Boat™

5-Reel 25-line Slots

The objective of The Love Boat™ is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Line bets are chosen by clicking + and – below Line Bet to increase or decrease the amount.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X 25. This is due to the fact that the game The Love Boat™ is played using a fixed number of 25 active lines, no more, no less.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.
    Mouse over the Auto Play button to display the list of options. Select the number of spins to be played automatically. Clicking on an option starts the Auto Play function. The Auto Play button changes into Stop during the Auto Play mode. The Auto Play mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when you click Stop.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on or off the Turbo Mode thus turning on or off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster or slower.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the strip located at the bottom of the reels or the game window.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Matchup Bonus screen explains how this feature is triggered and how to play it.
    • The Love Doctor Free Games screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to trigger the Free Games feature and describes its rules.
    • The Dream Cruise Jackpot screens explain how this feature is triggered and its rules.
    • The Paylines screen illustrates all paylines and explains the rules for calculating their wins.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels as illustrated on the Paylines screen of the Info page.
  • All 25 active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are accumulated.
  • Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

The Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol except for the Scatter, Bonus and Jackpot symbols to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for 2 or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the Paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from Wilds is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by Wild standing in).

A Freezing Wild symbol is one of the special features in The Love Doctor Free Games and can stand for any other symbol except for the Scatter. More information can be found below.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. If there are 3 or more Scatters in any position in the spin results, the payout is multiplied by the total bet and added to the payline winnings, if any.

In addition, 3 or more Scatters anywhere during the main game trigger The Love Doctor Free Games. More information on The Love Doctor Free Games can be found below.

Bonus symbol

The Bonus symbol may appear on reels 1, 3 and 5 during the main game only and triggers the Matchup Bonus when appearing anywhere on these 3 reels simultaneously.

More information on the Matchup Bonus can be found below.

Jackpot symbol

The Jackpot symbol appears on reel 5 during the main game only and awards you a number of tickets which qualify for the recurrent jackpot draw.

More information on the Dream Cruise Jackpot can be found below.

The Love Doctor Free Games

3 or more symbols, appearing simultaneously in any position on the reels during the main game, trigger The Love Doctor Free Games with special features.

To start the feature, click on Click to Start in the lower right-hand corner of the game window.

A message appears saying that you have won 10 Free Games. Shortly afterwards the feature begins.

During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically using the same bet per line as on the spin that won the Free Games. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games. The Spin Multiplier field shows the current multiplier value. The number of free spins remaining is shown above the reels.

and symbols are not available during The Love Doctor Free Games.

For each Dr. Love symbol appearing on the reels, the love meter to the left of the reels rises 1 step higher. That is, if 2 Dr. Love symbols appear after a spin, the love meter rises 2 steps higher, etc. Once level 10 of the meter is reached, it does not rise any more even if Dr. Love appears on the reels.

Note: The meter only rises at the end of a spin.

You start the Free Games with the love meter on level 0. Depending on which level you have reached, you are either awarded a special feature or the free spins continue normally, without any special features or with the previously accumulated features. Below are the love meter levels which award special features:

Love meter level Award
Level 2
1 , which will remain in the same position for the rest of the Free Games round
Level 4
A random additional number of free spins – 2, 3, 4 or 5
Level 6
A random number of (either 1 or 2), which will remain frozen until the end of the Free Games round
Level 8
A random additional number of free spins – 2, 3, 4 or 5
Level 10
2 additional free spins and a random multiplier (X2 or X3); all subsequent Free Games wins will be multiplied by that multiplier value

Note: A cannot occur where such a symbol has already occurred, i.e. it cannot replace an already existing one. The number of symbols awarded by reaching Level 6 will be added to the symbol already won from Level 2 (since features won during The Love Doctor Free Games are accumulated). This means that if you have reached Level 6 and win 1 , you will continue the Free Games with a total of 2 symbols. Respectively, if Level 6 awards you 2 symbols, you will continue the Free Games with a total of 3 symbols.

Note: A feature is awarded from the next spin onwards and does not affect the current spin.

Levels 0, 1, 3, 5, 7, and 9 of the love meter do not award features but accumulated features will still be valid.

It is possible to gain up to 5 Dr. Love symbols in a single spin thus winning 3 features on the same spin.

3 or more Scatters appearing anywhere on the reels pay according to the paytable, but cannot re-trigger the Free Games.

Note: It is possible for a Scatter or a Dr. Love symbol to be covered by a Freezing Wild. When a Freezing Wild covers a Scatter, any winning combinations which the Scatter participates in will still be paid. When a Dr. Love symbol is covered by a Freezing Wild, it raises the love meter, and is also considered a Wild.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the main game spin that won the Free Games. Feature win shows the winnings that were received during the Free Games. Total win shows the accumulated winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the main game. When returning to the main game reels, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize. Free Game wins are added to the payline wins.

Matchup Bonus

If a Bonus symbol appears on reels 1, 3 and 5 simultaneously during the main game, the Matchup Bonus is triggered.

To start the feature, click on Click to Start in the lower right-hand corner of the game window.

In the Matchup Bonus, the player picks a chick from the group on the left and a dude from the group on the right to win cash prizes and a multiplier.

The group of 6 gentlemen awards a cash prize of 2 to 6 times the total bet of the spin that triggered the feature and the group of 6 ladies may award a cash prize of 3 to 6 times the total bet of the spin that triggered the Bonus. The total Bonus win will be the sum of both picks times the awarded multiplier. The more successful the match is, the higher the multiplier won:

– “Let’s just be friends” (X1 multiplier)

– “You’re smoking hot” (X3 multiplier)

– “It’s my one true love” (X5 multiplier)

If the Matchup Bonus is triggered during the Auto Play mode, the feature begins after the player clicks on Click to Start. Next, the player makes the necessary picks on the left and on the right. Clicking Continue on the screen summarizing the bonus wins resumes the Auto Play mode. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize.

Dream Cruise Jackpot

The Dream Cruise Jackpot is a recurrent jackpot and whenever won it awards €10,000 to the player whose ticket is drawn in the raffle.

When the Jackpot symbol appears anywhere on reel 5 during the main game, you will be awarded a random number of tickets. The higher your bet, the more tickets you will win.

Your tickets enter a raffle which takes place at a fixed day and time. The exact day and time of the next raffle are shown to the right of the reels.

If 1 of your tickets is drawn in the raffle, you win a fixed prize of €10,000.

Clicking the My tickets button to the right of the reels takes you to a screen, where you can find information on your current tickets and see your ticket history. Clicking Close in the right-hand corner of this screen takes you back to the reels.

Clicking the Info button to the right of the reels takes you directly to the Dream Cruise Jackpot screen of the info pages, where the feature is described.

If you win the jackpot, a message appears, saying that you have won. Clicking Continue on this message takes you back to the reels.

If the raffle takes place while you are not online, but your ticket wins, you will be notified via a pop-up message once you log back into the casino.

The jackpot raffle can be won even if you are not currently playing the game. In case you are logged into the casino, but are not currently playing The Love Boat, you will still be notified via a casino message if you win the jackpot.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 93.98%, including the jackpot contribution of 2.00%.

Monty Python’s The Life of Brian slot

Monty Python’s The Life Of Brian

5-reel 30-line slot game

The objective of Monty Python’s The Life Of Brian is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Click OK on the entry screen so that you can be directed to the main game reels.
  • The number of paylines is fixed. Wins can form on any payline.
  • For information on paylines, click Info and go to the Paylines page.
  • Choose your bet by clicking + and – below the Line Bet field.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on a single spin. Payouts shown in the paytable (on the Payouts screen) are multiplied by the line bet.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current bet.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on or off the Turbo Mode thus turning on or off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster or slower.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Your win will equal your bet multiplied by the corresponding value according to the paytable.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays. Simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In the case of a winning spin, the Win field will count up the accumulated winnings. This can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.
  • The reels can be spun automatically. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.

Info pages:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference pages describing the different game components.
  • Clicking the arrow buttons enables you to navigate between the pages.
  • Another way of switching between the pages is by clicking the page name buttons.
  • The Payouts page shows all winning combinations (the paytable).
  • The Paylines page illustrates all paylines.
  • The other pages describe the features of the game.
  • Clicking Back to Reels exits the Info pages and returns you to the game.

About payouts:

  • For information on payouts, click Info and go to the Payouts page.To find the possible win amount for any given symbol combination, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If 2 payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than 1 active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are accumulated.
  • Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

Maximum Win Limit

  • The maximum win in the game has an upper limit. For more information, see the Terms and Conditions section.

Wild Symbol

The Wild symbol can stand for any symbol except the Bonus Scatter symbol and the Free Spins Scatter symbol to make the best possible winning combination.

There is also a separate payout for 3 or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from Wilds is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by Wild standing in).

Scatter Symbol

There are 2 scatters in Monty Python’s The Life Of Brian:

  • The Bonus Scatter symbol appears on reels 1, 3 and 5 and triggers the Life of Brian Bonus Wheel when landing on all 3 reels.
  • The Free Spins Scatter symbol appears on reels 3, 4 and 5 and triggers Always Look on the Bright Side of Life Free Spins when landing on all 3 reels

Note:Scatter symbols have no payout of their own.

Life of Brian Bonuses

  • Bonus Scatter symbols landing on reels 1, 3 and 5 will trigger the Life of Brian bonus wheel.
  • The wheel’s inner circle contains 4 pictures relating to the Life of Brian bonuses:
    • Stoning bonus
    • People’s Front of Judea bonus
    • Romani Ite Domum bonus
    • What’s So Funny bonus
  • The wheel’s outer band contains cash prizes, bonus win multipliers and mystery rewards.
  • Click SPIN to start the hands on the wheel spinning.
  • The small hand will land on one of the bonus images. This determines which of the Life of Brian bonuses you will play.
  • The big hand will land on one of the prizes in the outer band.
    • If it lands on a cash prize, this will be awarded at the end of the bonus.
    • If it lands on a win multiplier, this will multiply all winnings from the bonus you play at the end of the bonus round.
    • If you land on a mystery, the nature of your prize (from the above 2 categories) will be revealed at the end of the bonus round.
  • The appropriate bonus will then begin.

Stoning bonus

  • This bonus is triggered from the Life of Brian bonus wheel (see above).
  • You will be presented with a number of characters to pick.
  • Picking a character will throw a stone at them, awarding you a cash prize.
  • When the cash prize has been awarded, more stones may be thrown at the other characters to award smaller cash prizes.
  • At any point, you may be prompted to pull the beard of one of the characters. Pick a character to pull their beard and you will be awarded a cash prize.
  • The bonus ends when a large boulder is dropped.
  • Your winnings will be counted up (including any from the bonus wheel) and will be increased by your win multiplier if applicable.

People’s Front of Judea bonus

  • This bonus is triggered from the Life of Brian bonus wheel (see above).
  • You will be presented with a number of Roman achievements to pick from. Picking one will count up a cash prize over that achievement.
  • Every subsequent pick will count up a cash prize over the newly picked achievement and increase all existing cash prizes already picked.
  • The bonus ends when a pick reveals ‘COLLECT’.
  • Your winnings will be counted up (including any from the bonus wheel) and will be increased by your win multiplier if applicable.

Romani Ite Domum bonus

  • This bonus is triggered from the Life of Brian bonus wheel (see above).
  • You will be presented with a palace wall at night.
  • Pick areas of the wall for Brian to paint. Every area painted will award a cash prize.
  • Every pick will progress time in the bonus. The bonus ends when the sun comes up.
  • Your winnings will be counted up (including any from the bonus wheel) and will be increased by your win multiplier if applicable.

What’s So Funny bonus

  • This bonus is triggered from the Life of Brian bonus wheel (see above).
  • You will be presented with 3 Roman guards; pick any one of them.
  • Pontius Pilate will attempt to make the 3 guards laugh. As he does do, cash prizes will count up over the guards.
  • The bonus ends when all 3 guards have started laughing.
  • Your winnings will be counted up (including any from the bonus wheel) and will be increased by your win multiplier if applicable.

Mini-Bonuses

  • A mini-bonus may trigger after any spin, after free spins, or at the end of a Life of Brian bonus.
  • There are 3 mini-bonuses:
    • Pledge Your Allegiance: You will be given the symbols of 3 anti-Roman groups. Pick one to earn a cash prize.
    • Pick a Holy Item: You will be given 3 Holy Relics. Pick one to earn a cash prize.
    • The Foot of God: The Foot of God will stamp down and award a cash prize. It may also award the progressive jackpot (see below).

Alien Spaceship Respins

  • During normal gameplay, the Alien Spaceship Respins bonus may trigger after any losing spin.
  • Brian will fall down a reel, turning all symbols on that reel to Wild symbols.
  • He will be caught by the alien spaceship, which will then fly across the reels.
  • The reels will respin.
  • Laser shots may turn other random symbols into Wild symbols.
  • Any wins on the reels will be awarded.
  • If no wins are present on the reels, the reels will spin again. More Wild symbols may be added to the reels before they stop.
  • The bonus ends when a winning spin occurs.

Always Look on the Bright Side of Life free spins

  • Free Spins are triggered by landing Free Spins Scatter symbols on reels 3, 4 and 5.
  • Free spins are played with the same line bet and on the same active pay lines that you selected prior to starting free spins.
  • You will be presented with a screen showing members of the Judean People’s Front Crack Suicide Squad.
  • Pick members of the Squad, who will reward you with a number of free spins.
  • The free spins round will begin when a Squad member reveals “START”.
  • During free spins, every losing spin will increase a win multiplier by 1. Every subsequent win will be multiplied by this new win multiplier value.
  • The win multiplier can rise to x10.
  • Free Spins Scatter symbols can be collected during free spins. If 3 are collected, the Crucifixion bonus will be launched at the end of the free spins bonus.

Crucifixion bonus

  • If 3 Free Spins Scatter symbols are collected during free spins, the Crucifixion bonus will trigger.
  • You will be presented with 6 crucifees. Pick one to reveal one of the following prizes:
    • Extra free spins: Continue your free spins bonus with the win multiplier you have already accrued.
    • Retrigger free spins: Restart your free spins bonus with a x1 win multiplier, but with all the free spins you previously won from the Judean People’s Front Crack Suicide Squad.
    • Cash prize: Win a cash prize.
  • If you win extra free spins, you will not be able to trigger the Crucifixion bonus again during this bonus round.

Progressive Jackpot

  • The progressive jackpot can be won from the Foot of God mini-bonus (see above).
  • A percentage of all bets placed is put towards the reseed fund.
  • When the jackpot is won, it is reset to the balance stored in the reseed fund.
  • Bets placed when the jackpot has been won and a reduced balance is available will be voided.
  • In the event of a communication error after a progressive win result has been determined and before it has been displayed on screen, the win amount will automatically be transferred to the player’s account.
  • In the event of the jackpot being won, other players playing the game simultaneously will be informed of the new jackpot value and offered the option to void the present bet. This is only relevant if the jackpot display on the other players’ games has not been updated to the new value yet.
  • Whilst the game is live the jackpot can only be terminated if the value of the jackpot is zero. If the game is removed the outstanding pool amount can be transferred to another jackpot or retained by the operator.
  • When the jackpot is won, it is reset to the balance stored in the reseed fund.
  • The jackpot in is accumulated by all Casinos offering the Monty Python’s The Life Of Brian game.
  • If the jackpot is being discontinued (the game is closed and removed from the Casino), you will be notified about it by the Casino.

The progressive jackpot works as follows:

Initial jackpot value (the money in the jackpot at launch): EUR 20,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies)
Reseed fund (the money the jackpot resets to after being won): Varies depending on the number of contributions made before the jackpot was most recently won.
Average contribution rate (what average percentage of each bet goes into the progressive jackpot): 1.08%
Win requirements (what you need to do to qualify for the progressive jackpot): Play the Monty Python’s The Life Of Brian game.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 92.92% without the jackpot, and 94.00% with the jackpot.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

Juicy Booty

Juicy Booty

5-reel 25-line Slots

The objective of the Juicy Booty slot is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • The number of active paylines is permanently set at 25. Wins can form on any payline.
  • For information on paylines, click Info and go to the Paylines page.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on a single spin. Payouts shown in the paytable (on the Payouts screen) are multiplied by the line bet.
  • Choose your bet by clicking + and – below the Line Bet field.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current bet.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Your win will equal your bet multiplied by the corresponding value according to the paytable.
  • On a given payline, only the highest winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In the case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings.
  • The reels can be spun automatically. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

Info pages:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference pages describing the different game components.
  • Clicking the arrow buttons enables you to navigate between the pages.
  • Clicking Return to Reels exits the Info pages and returns you to the game.

Paylines:

  • All 25 paylines are permanently active, and can be viewed from their page in the Info screen.

About Payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Payouts screen. To find the possible win amount for any given symbol combination, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If 2 payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than 1 active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are accumulated.
  • Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the same symbol has to be on every consecutive reel.

Maximum Win Limit

  • The maximum win in the game has an upper limit. For more information, see the Terms and Conditions section.

Wild

The Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol, except Bonus Scatters and Free Spin Scatters, to make the best possible winning combination.

There is also a separate payout for 3 or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from Wilds is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by Wild standing in).

Cannon Free Spins Scatter

3 or more Cannon Free Spins Scatter symbols landing anywhere on the reels trigger the Cannon Free Spins feature.

  • 3 Scatters award the chance to win 5 to 10 free spins.
  • 4 Scatters award the chance to win 10 to 20 free spins.
  • 5 Scatters award the chance to win 20 to 50 free spins.

More information on the Cannon Free Spins feature can be found in the relevant section below.

Note: Scatter symbols have no payout of their own.

Fruit Shoot Bonus Scatter

When 3 Fruit Shoot Bonus Scatter symbols land anywhere on the reels they will trigger the Fruit Shoot Bonus feature.

More information on the Fruit Shoot Bonus feature can be found in the relevant section below.

Note: Scatter symbols have no payout of their own.

Fruit Slice Feature

  • The Fruit Slice feature can be triggered randomly on any spin.
  • Captain Lemmy will catch his sword as the reels are spinning if the feature is triggered.
  • When the reels stop spinning Lemmy will move across the reel area and slice a number of fruit symbols.
  • Only 1 type of fruit symbol will be sliced, but any number of symbols of that kind may be sliced.
  • When a fruit symbol is sliced, 2 or 3 instances of that single symbol will occupy the symbol position.
  • This can create line wins of over 5 symbols, up to a maximum of 15 symbols. The payouts for these line wins are visible in the paytable.

Cannon Free Spins

The Cannon Free Spins feature is triggered when 3 or more Cannon Free Spins Scatter symbols appear on the reels simultaneously in the main game.

  • When the feature is triggered the Cannon Free Spins Scatter symbols that triggered the feature will move to the centre of the screen.
  • Clicking on a Cannon Free Spins Scatter symbol will award a number of free spins.
  • When a Cannon Free Spins Scatter symbol reveals COLLECT or all the symbols have been clicked the Cannon Free Spins feature will begin.
  • The free spins are played with the same bet that was placed on the spin that triggered them.
  • During Cannon Free Spins only fruit symbols and mystery crate symbols will appear on the reels.
  • Mystery crate symbols that land on the reels will explode before win calculation after the reels stop spinning.
    • All crate symbols on the reels will explode to reveal the same fruit symbol, for example: if there are crate symbols on reels 1, 3 and 5 on a single free spin they will all reveal banana symbols.
    • Each crate symbol will reveal a random number of the same symbol in its symbol position between 1 and 3. For example, if there are crate symbols on reels 1, 3 and 5 on a single free spin, they will all reveal the same symbol but one crate could reveal 1 banana, another could reveal 2 bananas, and the third could reveal 3 bananas.
    • Fruit symbols that are revealed by crate symbols will form combinations with existing fruit symbols of the same type on the reels.
    • There is no minimum or maximum number of crate symbols that can appear on a single free spin.
  • Free spins use a different reel set to the normal reels, but the payout amounts remain the same.
  • After the last free spin has finished a message will appear informing you of your total winnings. Click Continue to return to the main game.

Fruit Shoot Bonus

The Fruit Shoot Bonus is triggered when BONUS scatter symbols land anywhere on reels 1, 3 and 5 simultaneously. When the feature is triggered a random number of shots in the Fruit Shoot Bonus will be awarded.

    • Click Continue to start the bonus.
    • The reels will transition to the Bonus screen, showing Captain Lemmy with his pistol and an empty area on the screen.
    • When the Bonus starts, fruits will appear in the empty space on the screen.
    • Use the mouse to move the crosshair over the flying fruit. Shoot by clicking the left mouse button.
    • Clicking AUTO SHOOT will automatically shoot and hit a random fruit.
    • Every fruit shot will decrease your number of shots remaining by 1. If you shoot and miss a fruit, it will not decrease your number of remaining shots.
    • Every fruit shot will award either a cash prize or a key.
      • When a key is revealed, it will be collected in the collection area at the top left of the screen, which initially has 3 empty slots.
      • When a key is revealed, you will be awarded an additional shot.
      • When 3 keys are revealed, you will be awarded the Progressive Jackpot.
    • After you have taken the last shot a message will appear informing you of your total winnings. Click Continue to return to the main game.

More information on the jackpot can be found in the relevant section below.

Progressive Jackpot

  • Collect 3 golden keys during the Fruit Shoot Bonus feature to unlock the pirates’ treasure chest and win the Treasure Jackpot.
  • The higher the stake when entering the bonus round, the higher the chance of winning the progressive jackpot.
  • A percentage of all bets placed is put towards the jackpot balance and into a reseed fund.
  • When the jackpot is won, it is reset to the balance stored in the reseed fund.
  • Bets placed when the jackpot has been won and a reduced balance is available will be voided.
  • In the event of a communication error after a progressive win result has been determined and before it has been displayed on screen, the win amount will automatically be transferred to the player’s account.
  • In the event of the jackpot being won, other players playing the game simultaneously will be informed of the new jackpot value and offered the option to void the present bet. This is only relevant if the jackpot display on the other players’ games has not been updated to the new value yet.

The Jackpot in the game is progressive that is accumulated by all Casinos offering the Juicy Booty game. A small percentage of each bet is added to a common pot. The greater part of this contribution is used to form the progressive jackpot amount, and the other, smaller part, contributes to a seed, which is the minimum amount of money guaranteed to be won by players of the game.

The Progressive Jackpot works as follows:

Seed (how much money the Progressive Jackpot starts with): EUR 10,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies)
Average contribution rate (what average percentage of each bet goes into the Progressive Jackpot): 1.00% (0.90% to progressive pot and 0.10% to seed pot)
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Progressive Jackpot): Collect 3 golden keys during the Fruit Shoot Bonus feature to unlock the pirates’ treasure chest and win the Treasure Jackpot.
Win requirements (what you need to do to qualify for the Progressive Jackpot): Play the Juicy Booty game.

Note: In case 2 players win the Progressive Jackpot at the same time, the 1st player will be awarded the seed and the progressive part, and the 2nd one will win the seed together with any possibly accumulated progressive part for the time between the winning of the Progressive Jackpot by the 1st and the 2nd player.

If the Jackpot is being discontinued (the game is closed and removed from the Casino), you will be notified about it by the Casino.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 95.03% without the jackpot, and 96.03% with the jackpot.

Jackpot Giant

Jackpot Giant

5-reel 50-line slots

The objective of Jackpot Giant is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Line bets are chosen by clicking + and – below Line Bet to increase or decrease the amount.
  • The Jackpot Giant game is always played with 50 active paylines. The number of active paylines is fixed and cannot be changed by the player.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spin the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.
    Mouse over the Auto Play button to display the list of options. Select the number of spins to be played automatically. Clicking on an option starts the Auto Play function. The Auto Play button changes into Stop during the Auto Play mode. The Auto Play mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when you click Stop.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on or off the Turbo Mode thus turning on or off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster or slower.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In the case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the strip located at the bottom of the reels or the game window.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Giant Bonus screen explains the symbol combination necessary to enter the Bonus round and the rules for the Bonus to be played.
    • The Giant Jackpot screen describes how the feature is triggered and what its payout details are.
    • The Paylines screen illustrates all possible payline combinations and explains the payout rules in the game.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels as illustrated on the Paylines screen of the Info page.
  • All 50 active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are accumulated.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild Symbol

The Wild symbol appears on all reels during main game and can stand for any symbol other than and , to make the best possible winning combination.

There is also a separate payout for 2 or more on an active payline, as seen in the Paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from Wilds is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by Wild standing in).

Note: 5x appearing on Payline 1 trigger the Giant Jackpot, as explained here.

Scatter Symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline and appear on all reels during main game.

3 or more appearing during main game multiply the payout by the total bet and add it to any possible payline winnings, as shown in the Paytable.

Bonus Symbol

The Bonus symbol appears on reels #1 and #5 during main game. 2x appearing simultaneously anywhere on these reels trigger the Giant Bonus as explained here.

Stacked Symbols

and are the stacked symbols in Jackpot Giant, which means that each of the 2 symbols occupy 2 vertical reel positions. Each covered position participating in a winning combination will pay according to the payout of the respective Stacked symbol, as shown in the Paytable.

The Stacked symbols appear on all reels during main game.

Giant Bonus

Whenever 2x appear simultaneously anywhere on reels #1 and #5 during main game, the Giant Bonus is triggered.

To start the bonus round, click on Click to Start.

The screen that follows reveals 6 volcanos. Choose 3 of them, one at a time, by clicking on the desired ones. Each item stands for a cash prize and, in addition, can also award either the Extra Pick, or the Win ’Em All option. If you win an extra pick, you can choose an additional 4th item. If you are awarded the Win ’Em All option, all volcanos will be revealed for you and all 6 bonus cash prizes will be awarded to you.

Note: You can win either the Extra Pick, or the Win ’Em All option during one and the same Bonus round.

At the end of the Bonus game, a win screen displays your winnings. Game Win shows the winnings that were received from the main game that won the Bonus. Feature Win shows the winnings that were received during the Bonus. Total Win shows the accumulated winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up).

Click Continue to return to the main game.

Giant Jackpot

The Giant Jackpot is awarded whenever a 5-of-a-kind combination occurs during main game along Payline 1 (see Paylines on the Info page).

To qualify for the Giant Jackpot you should play with the maximum possible total bet. Accordingly, it is only when you qualify for the Giant Jackpot that you pay a contribution to it.

If you win the Giant Jackpot, you will receive the Jackpot amount, but not the paytable prize for 5x . If you win 5x along Payline 1, but you have not qualified for the Giant Jackpot, you will receive the paytable prize for the 5-of-a-kind combination only.

The Giant Jackpot is a progressive jackpot accumulated by all Casinos offering the Jackpot Giant game. A small percentage of each maximum total bet is added to a common pot. The greater part of this contribution is used to form the progressive jackpot amount, and the other, smaller part, contributes to a seed, which is the minimum amount of money guaranteed to be won by players, qualifying for the Giant Jackpot.

The Giant Jackpot works as follows:

Seed (how much money the Giant Jackpot starts with): EUR 100,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies)
Average contribution rate (what average percentage of each maximum total bet goes into the Giant Jackpot): 2.98% (the average seed pot contribution is 0.06% and the average progressive jackpot contribution is 2.92%)
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Giant Jackpot): 5x along Payline 1 as seen on the Paylines screen on the Info page
Win requirements (what you need to do to qualify for the Giant Jackpot): Play with the maximum possible total bet

Note:

In case 2 players win the Giant Jackpot at the same time, the 1st player will be awarded the seed and the progressive part, and the 2nd one will win the seed together with any possibly accumulated progressive part for the time between the winning of the Giant Jackpot by the 1st and the 2nd player.

If you get disconnected from the Internet in the middle of the game round while playing with the maximum total bet, the Casino will remember the state of the game up to that point, so that the next time you log in, you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.

If the Jackpot is being discontinued (the game is closed and removed from the Casino), you will be notified about it by the Casino.

Click Continue to return to the main game.

Return to Player

The minimum theoretical return to player (RTP) percentage is 91.25% and the maximum theoretical return to player (RTP) percentage that includes the Jackpot contribution is 94.22%.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

Geisha Story Jackpot

Geisha Story Jackpot

5-Reel 15-line Slots

The objective of Geisha Story Jackpot is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you have reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the coloured buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (meaning that if you activate payline 14, paylines 1 through 13 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Mouse over the Auto Play button to display the list of options. Select the number of spins to be played automatically or choose Until Feature to spin until the Geisha Garden Bonus is triggered. Clicking on an option starts the Auto Play function. The Auto Play button changes into Stop during the Auto Play mode. The Auto Play mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, when the Geisha Garden Bonus is triggered if you chose Until Feature, or when you click Stop.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the paytable. You can click the Paytable button to view the paytable. The paytable consists of 3 screens. The first screen displays the payouts of the standard symbols in the game. Click Next to view the second screen of the paytable, which displays the payouts and effects of special symbols. Click Next to view the Dragon Jackpot screen. The Dragon Jackpot screen describes how to win entry to the Progressive Jackpot game that rewards 1 of 4 jackpots, and explains the game’s rules.
  • Click Back on the Dragon Jackpot screen to return to the second screen. Click Back on the second paytable screen to return to the first screen. Click Close to close the paytable and return to the reels.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking the Select Lines or using the buttons on the side of the reels.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed in the Paytable. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter and Bonus symbols are an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter and Bonus symbols can be found below.

Wild Symbol

The Wild symbol in the game is the symbol. It can stand for any other symbol, except and , to make the best possible winning combination. It appears both during the main game and during Free Spins.

There is also a separate payout for 2 or more on an active payline, as seen in the paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from Wild is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by Wild standing in).

Scatter Symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline. If there are 3 or more Scatter symbols in the spin results, the payout earned is multiplied by the total bet and added to payline winnings.

The Scatter symbols appear both during the main game and Free Spins.

Bonus Symbol

The Bonus symbol appears on reels #1 and #5 only, during both the main game and Free Spins.

Whenever 2 simultaneously appear anywhere on these reels during the main game, the Geisha Garden Bonus round is triggered.

Whenever 2 simultaneously appear anywhere on these reels during Free Spins, additional Free Spins will be awarded.

Geisha Garden Bonus

The Geisha Garden Bonus is triggered by the simultaneous appearance of anywhere on reels #1 and #5 during the main game.

Click Continue for the feature to start.

6 fans will appear onscreen. Choose a fan to win 4, 6, 7, 8, 10 or 20 Free Spins. Once you have chosen a fan and been awarded a number of Free Spins, click Continue to proceed to the next part of the bonus. 6 more fans will appear onscreen. Choose another fan to win a Free Spins win multiplier of x2, x3, x4, x5, x7 or x10. Once you have chosen a fan and been awarded a Free Spins win multiplier, click Continue.

A summary screen will appear showing the amount of free spins and win multiplier you have been awarded. Click Continue to begin the Free Spins feature.

Free Spins

The Free Spins feature is played with the amount of Free Spins and win multiplier awarded in the Geisha Garden Bonus.

Whenever 2 simultaneously appear on reels #1 and #5 during Free Spins, Free Spins will be retriggered. When Free Spins are retriggered, 4, 6, 7, 8, 10 or 20 additional Free Spins will be awarded. The win multiplier awarded in the Geisha Garden Bonus will remain during the additional Free Spins. In this way, Free Spins can be indefinitely retriggered.

During Free Spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same line bet, coin size and number of lines of the spin that has triggered the bonus round. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Free Spin Win field. The Free Spin Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current free spins. The Free Spins Left field shows the number of the remaining spins from the bonus round.

Once the Free Spins feature has ended, you can click Spin to continue playing in the main game.

Dragon Jackpot

The Dragon Jackpot is a 4-level mystery progressive jackpot game. It is accumulated by all players’ stakes bet in all games which feature the Dragon Jackpot, among all online casinos that offer these games.

The Dragon Jackpot is randomly triggered on any main game spin while playing any of the linked games. A bet of any size in the linked games can trigger the Jackpot game and you may be awarded a Jackpot game even after a spin that has gained no winnings. The higher your bet, however, the bigger your chance to enter the Dragon jackpot. Once you enter the Jackpot game, you are guaranteed to win 1 of the 4 jackpots.

Upon entering the Jackpot game, the screen will reveal a wheel with 10 positions on it. Each position holds a coloured symbol that represents 1 of the 4 jackpots. To win a Jackpot, you have to collect 3 symbols of the same colour. For example, if you collect 3 red symbols, you will win the value in the red ticker or its equivalent in other currencies.

Spin the wheel by clicking on Spin. Once you have collected 3 symbols of the same colour the corresponding Jackpot will be awarded. Click Continue to return to the reels.

The Dragon Jackpot works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpots start out with)*: Green: EUR 10
Blue: EUR 100
Red: EUR 1,000
Yellow: EUR 20,000
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into Jackpot): 1%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Entering the Dragon Jackpot guarantees a win. Collect 3 symbols of the same colour to win the corresponding Jackpot amount.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play a game, featuring the Dragon Jackpot.

*The amount of the respective Jackpot awarded in your local currency should be equivalent to its amount in Euro.

Please note:

  • The seed and Jackpot values are in Euros in the progressive network and their value in your local currency is dependent on the currency exchange rate.
  • The mechanics of the Dragon Jackpot prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings.
  • Imperfections in the Internet connectivity may cause you to experience delays in Jackpot messages or updates, but they do not affect actual Jackpot wins.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 96.48%, including the Jackpot contribution of 1.00%.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

Zhao Cai Jin Bao Jackpot slot

Zhao Cai Jin Bao Jackpot

5-reel 9-line slots

The objective of Zhao Cai Jin Bao Jackpot is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Line bets are chosen by clicking + and – below Line Bet to increase or decrease the amount.
  • Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking + and – below Lines. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the currently selected bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spin the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Mouse over the Auto Play button to display the list of options. Select the number of spins to be played automatically. Clicking on an option starts the Auto Play function. The Auto Play button changes into Stop during the Auto Play mode. The Auto Play mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when you click Stop.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on or off the Turbo Mode thus turning on or off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster or slower.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In the case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the strip located at the bottom of the reels or the game window.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Paylines screen illustrates all possible payline combinations and explains the payout rules in the game.
    • The Dragon Jackpot screen describes how to win entry to the Progressive Jackpot game that rewards 1 of 4 jackpots, and explains the game’s rules.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels as illustrated in the Paylines screen of the Info page.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.

Note:

  • Winning combinations on active paylines pay both directions: from left to right and from right to left.
  • If there are multiple simultaneous wins in either direction, the highest paying winning combination in each direction counts.
  • One and the same active payline can pay twice after a single spin. However, 5-of-a-kind wins are paid only once.
  • Left to right winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel and the symbols have to be consecutive.
  • Right to left winning combinations must start from the rightmost reel and the symbols have to be consecutive.
  • If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild Symbol

The Wild symbol appears on reels #2, #3, and #4. It can stand for any other symbol, including , to make the best possible winning combination.

Wild combinations do not pay separately.

Note: Whenever participates in a winning combination along an active payline, it doubles the payout, but does not accumulate it. This means that the win will be multiplied x2 regardless of the number of Wild symbols substituting in the winning combination.

Scatter Symbol

Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. If 2 or more Scatter symbols appear in the reel-spin results, the payout earned is multiplied by the total bet and added to payline winnings, if any.

Note: Winning Scatter combinations pay only if they start from the leftmost or rightmost reel respectively and are consecutive.

Dragon Jackpot

The Dragon Jackpot is a 4-level mystery progressive jackpot game. It is accumulated by all players’ stakes bet in all games which feature the Dragon Jackpot, among all online casinos that offer these games.

The Dragon Jackpot is randomly triggered on any main game spin while playing any of the linked games. A bet of any size in the linked games can trigger the Jackpot game and you may be awarded a Jackpot game even after a spin that has gained no winnings. The higher your bet, however, the bigger your chance to enter the Dragon jackpot. Once you enter the Jackpot game, you are guaranteed to win 1 of the 4 jackpots.

Upon entering the Jackpot game, the screen will reveal a wheel with 10 positions on it. Each position holds a coloured symbol that represents 1 of the 4 jackpots. To win a Jackpot, you have to collect 3 symbols of the same colour. For example, if you collect 3 red symbols, you will win the value in the red ticker or its equivalent in other currencies.

Spin the wheel by clicking on Spin. Once you have collected 3 symbols of the same colour the corresponding Jackpot will be awarded. Click Continue to return to the reels.

The Dragon Jackpot works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpots start out with)*: Green: EUR 10
Blue: EUR 100
Red: EUR 1,000
Yellow: EUR 20,000
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into Jackpot): 1%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Entering the Dragon Jackpot guarantees a win. Collect 3 symbols of the same colour to win the corresponding Jackpot amount.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play a game, featuring the Dragon Jackpot.

*The amount of the respective Jackpot awarded in your local currency should be equivalent to its amount in Euro.

Please note:

  • The seed and Jackpot values are in Euros in the progressive network and their value in your local currency is dependent on the currency exchange rate.
  • The mechanics of the Dragon Jackpot prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings.
  • Imperfections in the Internet connectivity may cause you to experience delays in Jackpot messages or updates, but they do not affect actual Jackpot wins.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 96.08%,including the Jackpot contribution of 1.00%.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

Multiplier Madness slot

Multiplier Madness™

5-Reel 10-line Slots

The objective of Multiplier Madness™ is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Line bets are chosen by clicking + and – below Line Bet to increase or decrease the amount.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • The Multiplier Madness™ game is always played with 10 active paylines. The number of active paylines is fixed and cannot be changed by the player.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spin the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Mouse over the Auto Play button to display the list of options. Select the number of spins to be played automatically or choose Until Feature to spin until the Progressive Jackpot is triggered. Clicking on an option starts the Auto Play function. The Auto Play button changes into Stop during the Auto Play mode. The Auto Play mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the Progressive Jackpot is triggered if you chose Until Feature, or when you click Stop.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on or off the Turbo Mode thus turning on or off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster or slower.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable X current multiplier from the Multiplier Power Reel. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable X current multiplier from the Multiplier Power Reel. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In the case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the strip located at the bottom of the reels or the game window.
  • A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature. More information about the Gamble feature can be found below.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Multiplier Power Reel screen explains what the feature is.
    • The Progressive Jackpot screen displays how the Progressive Jackpot is won.
    • The Paylines screen illustrates all possible paylines and explains the rules for calculating their wins.
    • The Gamble screen describes how to try doubling winnings by gambling with them and describes the doubling-up rules.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels as illustrated in the Paylines screen of the Info page.
  • All 10 active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet and by the current multiplier from the Multiplier Power Reel, as explained below.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout and then by the multiplier from the Multiplier Power Reel.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are accumulated.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild Symbol

The Wild symbol in the game is the symbol. It can stand for any other symbol, except , to make the best possible winning combination.

There is also a separate payout for 2 or more on an active payline, as seen in the paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from Wild is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by Wild standing in).

Scatter Symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. They appear on reel #2, #3 and #4.

If there are 2 in any position on the reels, the payout earned is multiplied by the total bet and added to payline winnings.

If there are 3 or more appearing simultaneously anywhere on the reels, a Progressive Jackpot will be awarded, as explained here.

Stacked Symbols

All symbols in the game, including and appear in stacks. Each reel position covered by a stacked symbol counts and pays according to the payout of the respective symbol if participating in a winning combination.

Multiplier Power Reel

On the right side of the slot reels there is an additional side reel presenting the spin multiplier for every single spin of the game. Its value could be from 1 to 100, and it multiplies any possible win from the current spin. When entering the game for the first time the Multiplier Power Reel spins and stops randomly. The multiplier for the current spin is then displayed on the uppermost position. The multipliers for the upcoming 5 spins are consecutively shown in the positions below.

Whenever you click Spin and before the spin has started, the Multiplier Power Reel spins first, progressing one step up, so the next spin multiplier becomes the current spin multiplier.

Any time you change your bet, the Multiplier Power Reel spins and lands on a random multiplier that will be your starting point for your next bet. The Multiplier Power Reel positions will be saved per each bet. Whenever you bet the same amount, the Multiplier Power Reel will display the multiplier you last played with while applying the same total bet.

The Multiplier Power Reel may award a randomly triggered Power Spin. Whenever triggered, the Multiplier Power Reel will spin and award a higher multiplier for the next spin than the previously displayed one. In this way you may win a multiplier of up to 100. After the Power Spin has been completed, the winnings are added to your balance and the game automatically resumes to normal spins. The Multiplier Power Reel will then display the multiplier which followed before the feature has been triggered.

Progressive Jackpot

The game features a 4-level symbol-driven Progressive Jackpot. Whenever 3, 4, 5 or 6 appear simultaneously on the reels, the respective level of the Progressive Jackpot is awarded. The 4 levels of the Progressive Jackpot correspond to the number of Scatters landed. Landing 3 Scatter symbols awards the Jackpot with the lowest average prize, whilst landing 6 Scatter symbols awards the highest average Jackpot Prize.

Each Jackpot level prize is displayed on the Jackpot tickers at the top area of the main game screen. The Jackpot in this game works with fixed total bet values of €0.50, €1.00, €2.00, €5.00 and €10.00. Each total bet accumulates its own progressive pot, divided between the 4 levels at each bet. Whenever you change your bet, the Jackpot ticker changes accordingly.

Please note:

  • The Jackpot cannot be triggered during the Power Spin of the Multiplier Power Reel.
  • When a Jackpot prize is won, it is not multiplied by the current multiplier value from the Multiplier Power Reel.

The Progressive Jackpot is accumulated by all Casinos offering the same game. A small percentage of each total bet is added to a common pot. This contribution is used to form the progressive part of the Jackpot. The seed value is the minimum amount of money guaranteed to be won by players, qualifying for one of the Jackpot Levels. It is formed by the payout for the triggering Scatter symbols, as shown in the table below:

Number of triggering Scatter symbols Seed
3 10 X Total Bet
4 30 X Total Bet
5 80 X Total Bet
6 400 X Total Bet

The Progressive Jackpot works as follows:

Seed (how much money each Progressive Jackpot level starts with): Variable, depending on the total bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each total bet goes into each of the Progressive Jackpot levels): Variable, depending on the total bet.
Win condition (the result you have to get to win a Progressive Jackpot): 3, 4, 5 or 6 , appearing on the screen.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Progressive Jackpot): Play the Multiplier Madness™ game. You may win any of the Jackpot Levels for every bet you play.

Please note:

  • The seed and Jackpot values are in Euros in the progressive network and their value in your local currency is dependent on the currency exchange rate.
  • The mechanics of Progressive Jackpot prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings.
  • Imperfections in the Internet connectivity may cause you to experience delays in Jackpot messages or updates, but they do not affect actual Jackpot wins.
  • If won, the Jackpot cannot be gambled.

Gamble

A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try and increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings to double them by clicking Red or Black button. Double To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank, if you win.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, you have to guess whether the next card that is going to be revealed is red or black. If your guess is correct, you win. If your guess is wrong, you lose your bet and the Gamble feature ends.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Gamble feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Gamble feature.

Click Collect to add your winnings from the Bank to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Gamble button is disabled while the Auto Play is active.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 93.15%, which includes the Progressive Jackpot contribution of 6.79%.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

Wu Long Jackpot

Wu Long Jackpot

5-reel 25-line slots

The objective of Wu Long Jackpot is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Line bets are chosen by clicking + and – below Line Bet to increase or decrease the amount.
  • Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking + and – below Lines. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the currently selected bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spin the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.
    Mouse over the Auto Play button to display the list of options. Select the number of spins to be played automatically. Clicking on an option starts the Auto Play function. The Auto Play button changes into Stop during the Auto Play mode. The Auto Play mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when you click Stop.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on or off the Turbo Mode thus turning on or off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster or slower.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In the case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the strip located at the bottom of the reels or the game window.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Dragon’s Free Games screen explains how the feature is triggered and what its rules are.
    • The Paylines screen illustrates all possible payline combinations and explains the payout rules in the game.
    • The Dragon Jackpot screen describes how to win entry to the Progressive Jackpot game that rewards 1 of 4 jackpots, and explains the game’s rules.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking + and – below Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are accumulated.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Scatter Symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. If there are 3 or more Scatter symbols anywhere on the reels, the payout earned is multiplied by the total bet and added to line wins, if any.

3 Scatter symbols appearing anywhere on the reels simultaneously during the main game trigger the Dragon’s Free Games with a dynamic multiplier as explained here.

During both the main game and the Dragon’s Free Games round, can stand for any other symbol to make the best possible winning combination.

When a 5-of-a-kind winning combination of occurrs on an active payline it will pay once as 5-of-a-kind Scatter and once as 5-of-a-kind as described in the Paytable.

When 4 appear consecutively on an active payline you will be paid for the highest winning combination on that line in addition to the Scatter payout. For example, if the winning combination is 4 on an active payline with in the fifth reel position, the payout for the line will be for 4 (as a result of substituting) in addition to the Scatter payout, as this will be higher. If the payouts are equal, you will be awarded one of the equal payouts at random.

Dragon’s Free Games

12 Dragon’s Free Games with initial multiplier of x1 are triggered whenever 3 or more Scatter symbols land anywhere on the reels during the main game.

To start the Dragon’s Free Games feature, click on Click to Start. A pop-up will appear explaining the rules of the Dragon’s Free Games. Click on Continue to begin the Dragon’s Free Games.

During Dragon’s Free Games, landing anywhere on the reels can increase the win multiplier and award additional Free Games:

Trigger Multiplier Free Games
1x
Multiplier increases from x1 to x2, or from x2 to x4, or from x4 to x6.
2x
Multiplier increases from x1 to x4, or from x2 or x4 to x 6.
2 Free Games will be added to the remaining ones.
3x
Multiplier increases to x6 regardless of its current value.
4 Free games will be added to the remaining ones.
4x
Multiplier increases to x6 regardless of its current value.
8 Free games will be added to the remaining ones.
5x
Multiplier increases to x6 regardless of its current value.
12 Free games will be added to the remaining ones.

Additional Free Games can be won this way indefinitely.

If the Scatter symbol does not appear in a Dragon’s Free Games reel-spin the win multiplier will decrease by 1 step. For example, if the current multiplier is x6 and a Scatter symbol does not appear, a multiplier of x4 will apply to any winnings from the next Dragon’s Free Games spin. The multiplier will continue to decrease until a Scatter symbol appears on reels again.

Winnings from a Dragon’s Free Games spin are calculated after the win multiplier has been modified. The multiplier will increase if any appear on the reels, or decrease if no appear on the reels, then any winnings from that spin will be calculated with the new multiplier.

During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Games round. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game Win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the Free Games. Feature Win shows the winnings that were received during the Free Games. Total Win shows the accumulated winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up). If there were no winnings in the main game reels that triggered the Free Games round, only Total Win will be shown.

Clicking Continue will return you to the main game. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize. Free Games wins are added to the payline and Scatter wins.

If the Free Games have been triggered during Auto Play mode, the Free Games round begins after the player clicks on Click to Start When all Free Games have been played and the player clicks Continue on the screen summarizing the Free Games win, the Auto Play mode resumes. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize.

Dragon Jackpot

The Dragon Jackpot is a 4-level mystery progressive jackpot game. It is accumulated by all players’ stakes bet in all games which feature the Dragon Jackpot, among all online casinos that offer these games.

The Dragon Jackpot is randomly triggered on any main game spin while playing any of the linked games. A bet of any size in the linked games can trigger the Jackpot game and you may be awarded a Jackpot game even after a spin that has gained no winnings. The higher your bet, however, the bigger your chance to enter the Dragon jackpot. Once you enter the Jackpot game, you are guaranteed to win 1 of the 4 jackpots.

Upon entering the Jackpot game, the screen will reveal a wheel with 10 positions on it. Each position holds a coloured symbol that represents 1 of the 4 jackpots. To win a Jackpot, you have to collect 3 symbols of the same colour. For example, if you collect 3 red symbols, you will win the value in the red ticker or its equivalent in other currencies.

Spin the wheel by clicking on Spin. Once you have collected 3 symbols of the same colour the corresponding Jackpot will be awarded. Click Continue to return to the reels.

The Dragon Jackpot works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpots start out with)*: Green: EUR 10
Blue: EUR 100
Red: EUR 1,000
Yellow: EUR 20,000
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into Jackpot): 1%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Entering the Dragon Jackpot guarantees a win. Collect 3 symbols of the same colour to win the corresponding Jackpot amount.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play a game, featuring the Dragon Jackpot.

*The amount of the respective Jackpot awarded in your local currency should be equivalent to its amount in Euro.

Please note:

  • The seed and Jackpot values are in Euros in the progressive network and their value in your local currency is dependent on the currency exchange rate.
  • The mechanics of the Dragon Jackpot prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings.
  • Imperfections in the Internet connectivity may cause you to experience delays in Jackpot messages or updates, but they do not affect actual Jackpot wins.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.
  • Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

Return to Player

The minimum theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 96.80%, including the Jackpot contribution of 1.00%.

The maximum theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 97.00%, including the Jackpot contribution of 1.00%.

Wall st Fever slot

Wall St. Fever

5-Reel Slots with a Progressive Jackpot

The object of Wall St. Fever is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels. The better your symbol combination, the bigger the payout.

To play the game:

  • Select the number of paylines you want to activate (in other words, to bet on) by clicking on the Bet One button or the payline number left or right of the reels. When you click on payline number 3 for example, you also activate paylines 1 and 2. Each click on the Bet One button activates one more payline. Click Bet Max or payline number 5 to select all paylines. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is line bet x number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max will also spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along an activated payline), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

The Free Spin symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Free Spin symbol below.

About the Paytable:

The tables show a certain number for every hit amount for every symbol. For example, if you have four Telephone symbols in a row on an activated payline, starting on the leftmost reel, you have four hits. Read the number on the line “4x” next to that symbol. Multiply that number by the line bet value to get the winning amount. If you have winning combinations on multiple lines, add them all up to get the total winning amount. The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost reel, to qualify as hits.

If you get 5 symbols in a row while playing Max Bet, you get a 20% bonus in addition to the payout indicated in the paytable. This applies to any 5 symbols of the same kind except for the Wild symbol. Read more about the Wild symbol below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

Bonus game:

The Zig-zag symbol is a bonus symbol. This symbols does not grant you any winnings, but it enables you to enter the Bonus Round. You need to get three Zig-zag symbols on an activated payline. The Zig-zag symbols appear only on the three middle reels.

When you enter a bonus round, follow the instructions on the screen. You will be paid a prize according to the choice(s) you make.

Wild symbol:

The Wall Street Sign is Wild – meaning that it can stand in for any symbol it appears next to on an active payline. However, it cannot stand in for Bonus or Free Spin symbols.

When you get 5 Wild symbols on an active payline while playing Max Bet, you win the progressive Jackpot. If you get this combination while playing less than Max Bet, you win the payout indicated in the paytable.

Progressive Jackpot

One of the possible wins is the progressive jackpot. In this game, you need to play for the maximum bet size to be eligible for the jackpot. The progressive jackpot is won upon getting 5 Wild symbols on an active payline.

Jackpot Fund

The progressive jackpot fund is composed of two parts – the seed and the progressive pot. The jackpot fund begins at the seed value, which is the guaranteed minimum amount of prize money contributed by the casinos. This ensures that even if you get a jackpot result in the game right after someone else has won the jackpot, you will still get a large win.

The rest of the jackpot amount comes from a progressive share, which is accumulated over time based on the bets that are made within the game. A small amount of money is added into the progressive pot for each bet that is made in the game by the players, in each of the casinos offering it, equal to a percentage of that bet (called the contribution rate).

Please note:

  • The mechanics of the game prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings. If two players win the jackpot in close succession, the first player will be awarded the seed and the progressive pot, and the second player will win the seed together with any possible progressive share that has accumulated between the two wins.
  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 15 000 x coin size
Contribution rate (how much money is added to the jackpot for each bet, in relation to the bet size): 1%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Five Wild symbols on an active payline.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play for Max Bet.

Free Spins:

Wall St. Fever also features the Free Spins symbol. When three or more of these symbols appear on the screen during one round, you win Free Spins. The more of these symbols you have on the screen, the more Free Spins you win (according to the paytable). The symbols do not have to follow any payline, nor do they have to be consecutive. It does not even matter whether the paylines they lie on are activated or not. They just have to be on the screen. During the Free Spin rounds you play with the same amount of activated paylines as you had when you won the Free Spins. The number of Free Spins you have left is displayed on top of the leftmost reel.

You can get more free spins on a free spin.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 97.18%.

Thrill Seekers slot

Thrill Seekers

5-Reel 50-line Slots

The object of Thrill Seekers is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Lines +1 button to add a payline, click the Lines +5 button to add the next five paylines, or use the colored buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not click Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the paytable. You can click the Paytable button to view the paytable. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The winning combination must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be in a row.

The Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol (except Scatter and Bonus), to form the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline in order to be considered as a winning combination; if there are three or more of them anywhere on the game screen, you get free spins (no money is deducted from your balance for them). The number of free spins awarded for each number of scatter symbols is shown on the paytable. You can win more free spins during a free spin. All money wins during a free spin are doubled compared to the usual payout.

Bonus symbol

When you get three or more Bonus symbols on an active payline, you are taken to the bonus round. Your bonus win amount depends on how many bonus symbols you got, and varies between 20 times and 3000 times your line bet.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually, or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected set of numbers, click on any of the currently unselected numbers to start over. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of squares at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will be displayed in the row of empty circles. If any of the numbers match your selection, the squares containing them will change color and your win amount will be displayed. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10,000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 95.26%.

The Pyramid of Ramesses slot

The Pyramid of Ramesses

5-reel 25-line slots

The objective of The Pyramid of Ramesses is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Line bets are chosen by clicking + and – below Line Bet to increase or decrease the amount.
  • Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking + and – below Lines. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the currently selected bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.
    Mouse over the Auto Play button to display the list of options. Select the number of spins to be played automatically. Clicking on an option starts the Auto Play function. The Auto Play button changes into Stop during the Auto Play mode. The Auto Play mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when you click Stop.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on or off the Turbo Mode thus turning on or off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster or slower.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulated winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the strip located at the bottom of the reels or the game window.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the bottom of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the awarded multiplier is highlighted and blinks.
    • The Bonus screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to enter the bonus round and describes the bonus round rules.
    • The Jackpot screen explains the rules of the Progressive Jackpot, describes how the Jackpot is triggered and how to qualify for the Jackpot.
    • The Double screen describes how to try doubling winnings and describes the doubling-up rules.
    • The Paylines screen illustrates all possible payline combinations and explains the payout rules.
  • Clicking Exit exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are accumulated.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild Symbol

The Wild symbol in the game is the symbol. It appears on reels 2, 3 and 4 only and can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination. The Wild symbol does not pay on itself, it only wins when substituting.

Expanded Wild

If a Wild symbol appears anywhere on a reel after a spin during main game or Free Games and it is possible to have a winning combination by having a Wild anywhere on that reel, it will expand to cover the entire reel. All places on the reel will be temporarily considered as Wild. All winning combinations that result from this will be paid.

Scatter Symbol

The Scatter symbol in the game is the symbol. The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. If there are three or more Scatter symbols in the spin results, the payout earned is multiplied by the total bet and added to payline winnings.

Three or more Scatter symbols appearing simultaneously anywhere on the reels during the main game trigger 15 Free Games and pay separately; the winnings are multiplied by the total bet as described in the paytable.

Progressive Jackpot

One of the possible wins is the progressive jackpot. In this game, a player is qualified to win the Progressive Jackpot if playing with maximum number of active paylines (25) and betting with any of the four highest possible coin sizes. The progressive jackpot is won upon getting 5 symbols on an active payline. There are four different progressive pots and four seed pots, one for each coin size respectively. Players only contribute to the pots they are qualified to win.

If a player is not qualified for the Progressive Jackpot, the wins are calculated according to the paytable.

Jackpot Fund

The progressive jackpot fund is composed of two parts – the seed and the progressive pot. The jackpot fund begins at the seed value, which is the guaranteed minimum amount of prize money contributed by the casinos. This ensures that even if you get a jackpot result in the game right after someone else has won the jackpot, you will still get a large win.

The rest of the jackpot amount comes from a progressive share, which is accumulated over time based on the bets that are made within the game. A small amount of money is added into the progressive pot for each bet that is made in the game by the players, in each of the casinos offering it, equal to a percentage of that bet (called the contribution rate).

Please note:

  • The mechanics of the game prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings. If two players win the jackpot in close succession, the first player will be awarded the seed and the progressive pot, and the second player will win the seed together with any possible progressive share that has accumulated between the two wins.
  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 15,000 x line bet
Contribution rate (how much money is added to the jackpot for each bet, in relation to the bet size): 2%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): 5 symbols on an active payline.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play The Pyramid of Ramesses slot game with maximum number of active paylines and four highest coin sizes.

Free Games

Whenever three to five symbols appear simultaneously anywhere on the reels during the main game, 15 Free Games are triggered. To start the Free Games, click on Click to Start.

During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Games round. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings and states the number of Free Games played. The Feature Win field shows the winnings that were received during the Free Games. Clicking on the board will return you to the main game.

When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize. Free Game wins are added to the payline and Scatter symbol wins.

If the Free Games that follow have been triggered during the Auto Play mode, the Free Games round begins after the player clicks on Click to Start. When all Free Games have been played and the player clicks on the screen summarizing the Free Games win, the Auto Play mode resumes. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize.

Pyramid Bonus

If three or more symbols appear anywhere on the reels 2, 3 and 4 during the Free Games, the Pyramid Bonus game is triggered. To start the Pyramid Bonus, click on Click to Start.

On the Bonus screen you see a pyramid consisting of 5 rows of stones. Each stone stands for a win multiplier or the message ‘Collect’. Starting at the bottom row, pick one stone in each row of the pyramid until you open ‘Collect’ or reach the top of the pyramid. Opening ‘Collect’ ends the Bonus game and the win multipliers from all selected stones are accumulated and multiplied by the total bet to form a cash prize. If you reach the top level, you are awarded with the maximum possible win: 200 x total bet.

After the Bonus game has been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Feature Win shows the winnings that were received during the Bonus game. Click anywhere on the screen to return to the regular slot reels.

Double

A win activates the Double button which, when clicked, starts the Double feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try to increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings by clicking the Double button. The Double To field shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank if you win.
You can also choose to bet only half of your current winnings (by clicking Double Half) and keep the other half in the Bank. The Double Half To field shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank (includes the amount that remained in the Bank) if you win.
The Bet field will show your bet in the Double round.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, the dealer’s card is revealed on the left-hand side of the screen and you have to pick a card from the remaining face-down cards. If you pick a card with a higher ranking than the dealer’s card, you win. If your card is equal in ranking, the bet is returned. If your card is lower in ranking than the dealer’s card, you lose your bet and the Double feature ends.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Double feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Double feature.

Click Collect to add your winnings from the Bank to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Double button is disabled during the Free Games and while the Auto Play mode is active.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 92.39% + 2% when qualified for the Progressive Jackpot and 92.39% when not qualified for the Progressive Jackpot.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

The Flintstones slot

The Flintstones™

5-Reel Slot with 1024 Ways to Win

The objective of The Flintstones™ is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • The Flintstones™ game is always played with 1024 Ways to Win. The number of ways is fixed and cannot be changed.
  • Total bet per game round = coin value X 40.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current total bet. During the reel spin the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation early and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.
    Mouse over the Auto Play button to display the list of options. Select the number of spins to be played automatically. Clicking on an option starts the Auto Play function. The Auto Play button changes into Stop during the Auto Play mode. The Auto Play mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when you click Stop.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on or off the Turbo Mode thus turning on or off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster or slower. When the Turbo Mode is active, the button changes to Turbo On. Clicking the Turbo On button ends the Turbo Mode and resumes the normal game.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Total win = payout value x coin value. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given way, only the highest winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different ways are accumulated.
  • In the case of a winning spin the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When the Paytable is opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Free Games screen describes the main rules of the Free Games round.
    • The Great Gazoo™ Free Games screen describes the rules of The Great Gazoo™ Free Games round.
    • The Wilma™ Wild Free Games screen describes the rules of the Wilma™ Wild Free Games round.
    • The Dino™ Multiplier Free Games screen describes the rules of the Dino™ Multiplier Free Games round.
    • The Bedrock Bowling Bonus screen explains the way the feature is triggered and describes its flow.
    • The Flintstones Rocky Ride screen explains how this feature is triggered and describes its behaviour.
    • The All Ways screen explains how wins are formed in the game.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Ways to Win:

  • The All Ways feature is active at all times during gameplay. Players bet on combinations between adjacent reels, beginning from the leftmost reel, instead of on paylines.
  • Active ways are illustrated in the All Ways screen of the Info page.
  • All 1024 active ways can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the coin value and the total bet. The coin value is the bet that you can control, which is multiplied by 40 to form the total bet. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the coin value.

About payouts:

  • Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the same symbol must appear on 3 or more sequential reels to form a win.
  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the coin value must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two winning combinations occur on the same way, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active way has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

Game Symbols

Wild Symbol

The Wild symbol Dino can stand for any other symbol, except and , to make the best possible winning combination. appears on all reels, both during the main game and the Free Games round. More information on the Free Games round can be found here.

Note: the Wild symbol is always stacked (functioning as 2 symbols, one on top of the other), except for when it appears during the Wilma™ Wild Free Games round.

There is also a separate payout for 3 or more on an active way, as seen in the Paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from the Wild symbols is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by Wild standing in).

Extra Wild Symbols

During Free Games rounds, Extra Wild symbols appear. More information on each Free Games round can be found here.

  • The Extra Wild symbol appears only during The Great Gazoo™ Free Games round.
  • The Extra Wild symbol appears only during the Wilma™ Wild Free Games round and occupies a single position.

Stacked Symbols

The symbols Fred and Barney are stacked on all reels during the main game, the Free Games round and The Flintstones Rocky Ride. The symbols appear as one long image that occupies 2 reel positions but represent 2 separate and identical symbols. Each reel position covered by a stacked symbol counts and pays according to the payout of the respective symbol if participating in a winning combination.

Free Games Symbol

The Free Games symbols appear on reels #2, #3 and #4 only, during both the main game and the Free Games round. The Free Games symbol does not have any payout of its own.

Whenever 3 or more appear in any position on these reels during the main game, the Free Games feature is triggered. More information on the Free Games round can be found here.

Whenever 3 or more appear in any position on these reels during Free Games, the Free Games feature is triggered. At the end of the Free Games feature, you may select another Free Games feature which will be played immediately.

Mystery Symbol

The Mystery Symbol appears only during The Flintstones Rocky Ride feature. The Mystery Symbol always appears on the spinning reels in stacked sets of 2 (one appearing on top of the other). More information on The Flintstones Rocky Ride can be found here.

 

The Bedrock Bowling Bonus

If the Bonus symbol appears simultaneously on reels #1, #3 and #5, The Bedrock Bowling Bonus feature is triggered. The Bedrock Bowling Bonus is available only during the main game.

To start the feature, click on Click to Start in the lower right-hand corner of the game window. A Welcome message appears and shortly the Bonus round begins.

You can pick 3 bowling style throws out of 4. After a bowling style throw is selected, a cash prize is revealed and noted on the scoreboard at the top of the Bonus screen. Then Fred throws the ball. Each hit pin stands for a multiplier of x1. The multipliers are accumulated. For example, hitting 3 pins awards a win multiplier of x3. The earned multiplier is applied to the cash prize and this forms the winning from the current throw.

At the end of each throw, the scoreboard at the top of the Bonus screen displays the winnings from this throw (the cash prize, the multiplier and the calculated win) and the accumulated Total Win from the Bonus round. Afterwards the picking board appears and you may choose another throw style.

If a throw is a strike (all 10 pins are hit), a x10 multiplier is awarded. After the message “Strike” appears onscreen, you win a free throw, which Fred makes immediately. The awarded multiplier from the free throw is added to the multiplier of the throw that won the strike. The accumulated multiplier is applied to the cash prize of the throw that won the strike. If the additional throw also wins a strike, another throw and multiplier will be awarded again.

When 3 throws have been played the Bonus round ends. At the end of the Bonus round, a win screen displays your winnings. Click Continue to return to the main game reels. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the total winnings. The Bedrock Bowling Bonus wins are added to the ways wins.

If The Bedrock Bowling Bonus feature was triggered during Auto Play mode then The Bedrock Bowling Bonus round begins after you click on Click to Start. When all throws have been played and you click Continue on the screen summarizing The Bedrock Bowling Bonus win the Auto Play mode resumes.

 

Free Games

When 3 or more Free Games symbols appear simultaneously on reels #2, #3 and #4 during the main game the Free Games feature is triggered.

To start the Free Games, click on Click to Start. A Free Games selection screen appears in which you may pick 1 out of 3 Free Games modes: The Great Gazoo™ Free Games, Wilma™ Wild Free Games and Dino™ Multiplier Free Games. After selecting an option, the chosen Free Games mode begins automatically.

During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically using the same coin value as on the spin that won the Free Games round. After each spin the win is displayed in the Win field. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the win amount immediately. The Free Games Win field at the top right-hand corner of the reels shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games round. The number of the remaining Free Games is displayed at the top left-hand corner of the reels.

If 3 or more appear simultaneously on reels #2, #3 and #4 during any Free Games mode, the Free Games feature is re-triggered. The Free Games can be re-triggered indefinitely. When the Free Games are re-triggered, a notification message appears onscreen. To return to the current Free Games round, click on Continue. At the end of the current Free Games round the mode choice screen will appear again. Select a mode to play the re-triggered Free Games round.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes your winnings. The You Win message shows the winnings that were received during the Free Games round.

Clicking Continue will return you to the main game. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the total winnings. Free Games wins are added to the ways wins.

If the Free Games feature was triggered during Auto Play mode then the Free Games round begins after you click on Click to Start. When all Free Games have been played and you click Continue on the screen summarizing the Free Games win, the Auto Play mode resumes.

The Great Gazoo™ Free Games

The Great Gazoo™ Free Games mode awards 12 Free Games.

The Great Gazoo symbol acts as an Extra Wild and appears randomly during The Great Gazoo™ Free Games round. can stand for any other symbol, except and , to make the best possible winning combination.

When The Great Gazoo appears on the reels, with a snap of his fingers he randomly turns other symbols, including , into Extra Wild symbols for the current Free Games spin.

Note:

  • If The Great Gazoo snaps his fingers at a stacked symbol, only the position at which The Great Gazoo points will turn into an Extra Wild symbol.
  • If 2 Extra Wild symbols appear in the results of s spin, both of them will scatter more Extra Wild symbols on the reels.

In addition, 3 or more on an active way have the same payout as 3 or more .

When all Free Games have been played, The Great Gazoo™ Free Games mode ends.

Wilma™ Wild Free Games

The Wilma™ Wild Free Games mode awards 5 Free Games and 1 extra Ultra Spin.

During Wilma™ Wild Free Games the Wild symbol only appears as a 1 high symbol , not as a stacked symbol .

When any Wild symbol appears in the reelspin results, Wilma appears and collects it with her vacuum cleaner after any winnings have been awarded. All Wild symbols are added up and the number of Wilds collected over the entire feature is displayed in the Wilds counter on the left-hand side of the reels.

After all 5 Free Games end, an additional spin is awarded. A message announces this Ultra Spin and it begins automatically. During the Ultra Spin round Wilma’s vacuum cleaner throws back on the spinning reels the Wild symbols it collected during the current Wilma™ Wild Free Games round. When the reelspin stops, wins are displayed in the Win field and the Wilma™ Wild Free Games mode ends.

Note:

  • In the Wilma™ Wild Free Games round, the Extra Wild symbol occupies a single position. If lands on a stacked symbol, covers only half of the stacked symbol.
  • 3 or more on an active way have the same payout as 3 or more .

Dino™ Multiplier Free Games

The Dino™ Multiplier Free Games mode awards 10 Free Games.

Dino appears randomly during any Dino™ Multiplier Free Games spin. When he appears, Dino starts digging out bones that he tosses into his bowl. Each collected bone stands for a x1 multiplier. The multipliers are accumulated throughout the Dino™ Multiplier Free Games round. The counter on the bowl displays the increasing multiplier. The counter starts with a x1 multiplier.

Note: multipliers are collected only while the reels are spinning.

After each Free Games spin ends, the winnings are multiplied by the currently accumulated multiplier.

When all Free Games have been played, the Dino™ Multiplier Free Games mode ends.

 

The Flintstones Rocky Ride

The Flintstones Rocky Ride is an on-reel feature that is randomly triggered. The feature is active only for the duration of the spin which triggered it and is available only during the main game.

At the beginning of The Flintstones Rocky Ride, 2 spinning wheels appear at the top of the reels:

  1. A spinning wheel with win multipliers
  2. A spinning wheel with theme symbols

The theme symbols are the game-specific symbols that have payout of their own, as illustrated in the Paytable screen of the Info page: Fred, Barney, Wilma, Betty, Telephone, Ribs, and Dino. The theme symbols spinning wheel contains all theme symbols, including .

The multiplier wheel stops spinning and reveals the multiplier that will be applied to The Flintstones Rocky Ride winnings.

Fred’s car starts moving around and throwing Mystery Symbol plaques on the spinning reels. The Mystery Symbol always appears on the spinning reels in stacked sets of 2 (one appearing on top of the other). When the car leaves, the theme-symbols wheel stops spinning and a theme symbol is selected. All turn into the selected symbol.

Afterwards the reelspin stops automatically and the Buttons panel reappears under the reels. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately. The multiplier from the spinning wheel is applied to all wins won during The Flintstones Rocky Ride. Then The Flintstones Rocky Ride ends.

If The Flintstones Rocky Ride was triggered during Auto Play mode then The Flintstones Rocky Ride round begins automatically. When The Flintstones Rocky Ride ends the Auto Play mode resumes.

Return to Player

The minimum theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 94.43% and the maximum theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 94.54%.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

Thai Temple slot

Thai Temple

5-Reel 15-Line Slots

The objective of Thai Temple is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Line bets are chosen by clicking + and – below Line Bet to increase or decrease the amount.
  • Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking + and – below Lines. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the currently selected bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.
    Mouse over the Auto Play button to display the list of options. Select the number of spins to be played automatically. Clicking on an option starts the Auto Play function. The Auto Play button changes into Stop during the Auto Play mode. The Auto Play mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when you click Stop.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on or off the Turbo Mode thus turning on or off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster or slower.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulated winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the strip located at the bottom of the reels or the game window.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the bottom of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the awarded multiplier is highlighted and blinks.
    • The Jackpot screen explains the rules of the Progressive Jackpot, describes how the Jackpot is triggered and how to qualify for the Jackpot.
    • The Double screen describes how to try doubling winnings and describes the doubling-up rules.
    • The Paylines screen illustrates all possible payline combinations and explains the payout rules in the game.
    • The Free Games screen describes how the Free Games round is triggered and what its rules are.
  • Clicking Exit exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • If a symbol has a winning combination on more than one reel, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be on consecutive reels.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are accumulated.
  • Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be on consecutive reels.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild Symbol

The Wild symbol appears anywhere on reels. It can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination. The Wild symbol doubles all wins when substituting, except scatter wins and winnings formed only by Wild symbols. There is also a separate payout for two or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as shown in the paytable.

Five Wild symbols on an active payline trigger the Progressive Jackpot if qualified or pay the max win according to the paytable if the player does not qualify for the Jackpot. More information about the Progressive Jackpot can be found below.

Scatter Symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. Two or more Scatter symbols appearing simultaneously anywhere on the reels pay separately; the winnings are multiplied by the total bet as described in the paytable. Three or more Scatter symbols appearing simultaneously anywhere on the reels trigger 15 Free Games.

Progressive Jackpot

One of the possible wins is the progressive jackpot. In this game, a player is qualified to win the Progressive Jackpot if playing with maximum number of active paylines (15) and betting with any of the four highest possible coin sizes. The progressive jackpot is won upon getting 5 symbols on an active payline. There are four different progressive pots and four seed pots, one for each coin size respectively. Players only contribute to the pots they are qualified to win.

Jackpot Fund

The progressive jackpot fund is composed of two parts – the seed and the progressive pot. The jackpot fund begins at the seed value, which is the guaranteed minimum amount of prize money contributed by the casinos. This ensures that even if you get a jackpot result in the game right after someone else has won the jackpot, you will still get a large win.

The rest of the jackpot amount comes from a progressive share, which is accumulated over time based on the bets that are made within the game. A small amount of money is added into the progressive pot for each bet that is made in the game by the players, in each of the casinos offering it, equal to a percentage of that bet (called the contribution rate).

Please note:

  • The mechanics of the game prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings. If two players win the jackpot in close succession, the first player will be awarded the seed and the progressive pot, and the second player will win the seed together with any possible progressive share that has accumulated between the two wins.
  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 30,000 x line bet
Contribution rate (how much money is added to the jackpot for each bet, in relation to the bet size): 2.00% (on average 1.60% to progressive pot and 0.40% to seed pot)
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): 5 symbols on an active payline.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play Thai Temple slot game with maximum number of active paylines and four highest coin sizes.

Free Games

Three or more symbols appearing simultaneously anywhere on the reels trigger 15 Free Games.

To start the Free Games, click on Click to Start.

Two to five symbols anywhere on reels during the Free Games pay according to the paytable. Five symbols on an active payline trigger the Progressive Jackpot if qualified or pay the max win according to the paytable if the player does not qualify for the Jackpot.

Two to five symbols anywhere on reels during the Free Games pay according to the paytable. Three or more symbols add 15 additional Free Games with the same multiplier. In this way a maximum of 165 Free Games can be won.

In Free Games all winnings are multiplied by 3 (excluding five symbols and the prize for playing 165 Free Games).

During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Games round. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings and states the number of Free Games played. Feature win shows the winnings that were received during the Free Games. If you win and play the maximum of 165 Free Games, you are awarded with an additional prize of 500 x your total bet. Clicking anywhere on the screen will return you to the main game.

When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize. Free Game wins are added to the payline and Scatter symbol wins.

If the Free Games that follow have been triggered during the Auto Play mode, the Free Games round begins after the player clicks on Click to Start. When all Free Games have been played and the player clicks on the screen summarizing the Free Games win, the Auto Play mode resumes. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize.

Double

A win activates the Double button which, when clicked, starts the Double feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try to increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings by clicking the Double button. The Double To field shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank if you win.
You can also choose to bet only half of your current winnings (by clicking Double Half) and keep the other half in the Bank. The Double Half To field shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank (includes the amount that remained in the Bank) if you win.
The Bet field will show your bet in the Double round.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, the dealer’s card is revealed on the left-hand side of the screen and you have to pick a card from the remaining face-down cards. If you pick a card with a higher ranking than the dealer’s card, you win. If your card is equal in ranking, the bet is returned. If your card is lower in ranking than the dealer’s card, you lose your bet and the Double feature ends.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Double feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Double feature.

Click Collect to add your winnings from the Bank to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Double button is disabled during the Free Games and while the Auto Play mode is active.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 91.55% + 2% when qualified for the Progressive Jackpot and 91.57% when not qualified for the Progressive Jackpot.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

Sweet Party slot

Sweet Party

The objective of Sweet Party is to obtain matching combinations of 5 or more vertically and/or horizontally adjacent symbols of the same kind to win a multiplier for your bet.

To play the game:

  • The bet per a game round is chosen by clicking the Bet arrow buttons to increase or decrease the amount.
  • You can also play using the Auto Play function. Use the Auto Play arrow buttons to select the number of rounds to be played consecutively. The Play button changes into Stop during the Auto Play mode. The Auto Play mode terminates when the number of game rounds determined by the player has ended, or when you click Stop.
  • To start the game round, click on Play.
  • The Win field displays the cash prize awarded in case of a winning combination. Wins are calculated according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • The Jackpot field displays the currently accumulated Jackpot sum according to the player’s bet as explained here.

Note: The current bet amount is deducted by your balance upon entering the game.

Info page:

  • Click Info to open the Paytable screen listing all winning combinations and their respective payouts.
  • Click on the Rules button to see how the game is played. Clicking OK will direct you back to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns you to the game.

Symbols

The Sweet Party game features 6 symbols as follows: , , , , and . The more symbols participate in the winning combination, the bigger the payout. Once a winning combination occurs and is paid, it explodes thus enabling more symbols to drop down and form new combinations.

Game Max Win Capping:

The maximum paytable prize applies to a single screen without any additional wins.

The maximum prize per single bet applies to the maximum prize achieved by any win combination in a maximum of 100 consecutive screens.

Sweet Party Progressive Jackpot

A winning combination of 8 to 25 wins the Jackpot, while the relative percentage of the Jackpot win is determined by the size of the player’s bet:

€1.00 bet wins 10% of the progressive jackpot

€2.00 bet wins 20% of the progressive jackpot

€5.00 bet wins 50% of the progressive jackpot

€10.00 bet wins 100% of the progressive jackpot

Note: The full jackpot can only be won if the player places the maximum possible bet in the game.

1% of each player’s bet in all game rounds played online in all online casinos, is added to the progressive jackpot in the following way: 0.5% will go towards the seed and 0.5% to the increment of the current jackpot. When the seed reaches the maximum possible total bet (configured by the casino operator) x 10,000, the percentage of the players’ bets stops feeding the seed and goes directly to the progressive part.

The Jackpot ticker field is constantly updated according to the current player’s bet.

Note: If 2 or more players win the jackpot at the same time, the wins are distributed as follows:

  • Player 1 places a bet that makes him eligible to win the progressive jackpot.
  • Players 2, 3, etc. will then only win the seed as the progressive part has already been won by Player 1.

Note: If the game is terminated while winning the jackpot, a screen summarizing the jackpot winnings will be shown upon resuming the game. More information can be found in the Note on disconnections section at the bottom of this page.

Find all the top new online casinos here / click here for the best best Playtech casinos /  and don’t forget to check out The Best Paying Slots.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 93.98%.

Streak of Luck jackpot

Streak of Luck

5-Reel 50-line Slots

The objective of Streak of Luck is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Line bets are chosen by clicking + and – below Line Bet to increase or decrease the amount. There are 6 fixed denominations to choose from and a separate progressive jackpot (6 in total) for each denomination.
  • The Jackpot field displays the currently accumulated Jackpot sum depending on your bet.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X 50. This is due to the fact that the game Streak of Luck is played using a fixed number of 50 active lines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the currently selected bet. During the reel spin the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Mouse over the Auto Play button to display the list of options. Select the number of spins to be played automatically or choose Until Feature to spin until the Lucky Free Games, the Dice Bonus or the Lucky Jackpot is triggered. Clicking on an option starts the Auto Play function. The Auto Play button changes into Stop during the Auto Play mode. The Auto Play mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the Lucky Free Games, the Dice Bonus or the Lucky Jackpot is triggered if you chose Until Feature, or when you click Stop.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on or off the Turbo Mode thus turning on or off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster or slower.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In the case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the strip located at the bottom of the reels or the game window.
  • The pole to the right of the reels indicates the number of consecutive wins. More information can be found here.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Dice Bonus screen explains how this feature is triggered and how to play it.
    • The Lucky Free Games screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to trigger the Free Games feature and describes its rules.
    • The Lucky Jackpot screen explains how this feature is triggered and its rules.
    • The Paylines screen illustrates all possible paylines and explains the rules for calculating their wins.
  • The Launch Tutorial button on the Info page can be clicked to start a brief, step-by-step explanation of the game.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels as illustrated in the Paylines screen of the Info page.
  • All 50 active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

The Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol, except for the Scatter and Bonus symbols, to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for 2 or more Wild symbols on a payline, as seen in the Paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from Wild symbols is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by Wild standing in).

The Wild symbol can appear both stacked – one above the other, and non-stacked on all reels.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. If there are 3 or more Scatter symbols in any position in the spin results, the payout is multiplied by the total bet and added to the payline winnings, if any.

Bonus symbol

The Bonus symbol appears on reels 1, 3 and 5 only and triggers the Dice Bonus when appearing anywhere on these 3 reels simultaneously.

Dice Bonus

If a Bonus symbol appears on reels 1, 3 and 5 simultaneously during the main game or Free Games, the Dice Bonus is triggered.

To start the feature, click on Click to Start in the lower right-hand corner of the game window.

You are awarded 3 dice rolls. Roll the dice for cash prizes by clicking Roll at the bottom of the game window.

Each roll awards a cash prize which equals the score on the dice multiplied by the current total bet. When the dice score is a double (e.g. two 3s, two 6s, etc.), an extra roll is awarded, to the maximum of 6 rolls in total.

There is an extra payout called Lucky 7s. Scoring 7 twice awards 20 times your total bet and scoring 7 three times awards 200 times your total bet. Note: In the case of three 7s, only the 200 times award will be paid (and not the 20 times for two 7s).

The win after each roll will be displayed on the meter to the right of the table.

At the end of the Bonus round, a win screen displays your winnings. Game Win shows the winnings that were received from the main game or free game spin that won the Bonus. Bonus Win shows the winnings that were received during the Bonus. Total Win shows the accumulated winnings (Game Win and Bonus Win added up). Click Continue to return to the main game reels.

Note: If the Dice Bonus is triggered during Free Games, all wins received during the Bonus round are doubled.

Wins Counter

When there are consecutive wins (“lucky streak”), the steps on the meter to the right of the reels light up. When the 4th arrow at the bottom of the ladder lights up, this will guarantee the first Free Games prize.

The consecutive wins status is saved and later restored for every denomination, whenever the player changes the denomination or exits the game.

When the player has accumulated at least 4 consecutive wins and the following spin is not a winning one, the respective prize (secured by the last winning spin) is granted.

Below are the numbers of consecutive wins and their respective prizes:

Consecutive wins Award
4
5 free spins with x2 win multiplier and 0 – 2 random Wild symbols per spin
5
10 free spins with x2 win multiplier and 0 – 2 random Wild symbols per spin
6
15 free spins with x2 win multiplier and 0 – 2 random Wild symbols per spin
7
20 free spins with x2 win multiplier and 0 – 2 random Wild symbols per spin
8
45 free spins with x2 win multiplier and 0 – 2 random Wild symbols per spin
9
60 free spins with x2 win multiplier and 0 – 3 random Wild symbols per spin
10
Lucky Jackpot

Non-winning spins reset the wins counter. In addition, in case of more than 10 consecutive winning spins, the counter is reset but will resume counting until a non-winning spin occurs.

Note: Only wins received during the main game and the Dice Bonus count as qualifying for the prizes, whereas wins received during the Free Games round do not count.

Lucky Free Games

The Lucky Free Games are triggered when the player gets between 4 and 9 consecutive wins and their next spin is a non-winning one.

To start the feature, click on Click to Start in the lower right-hand corner of the game window.

During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically using the same bet per line as on the spin that won the Free Games. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games. The Multiplier field shows the win multiplier value. The number of free spins remaining is shown above the reels.

Win multipliers are applied to all wins from a given Free Games round.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Clicking Continue will return you to the main game. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize.

Lucky Jackpot

The Lucky Jackpot is a progressive jackpot triggered if the player gets 10 consecutive wins.

Note: Only wins received during the main game and the Dice Bonus count as qualifying for the jackpot, whereas wins received during the Free Games round do not count. There are 6 separate progressive jackpots, one for each of the 6 fixed line bet denominations. The higher the denomination is, the higher the jackpot will be.

You can change the denomination at any time. If you change the denomination or exit the game while the consecutive wins counter is larger than 0, the game will remember the count (per denomination) and will restore it once you return to said denomination (or return to the game).

Once the jackpot is won, the win count to the right of the reels is reset.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 8750 x coin size
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 1.40%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Accumulate 10 consecutive wins (either from main game or from the Dice Bonus).
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play the Streak of Luck slot game.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Note: In case a player wins the Lucky Jackpot while 1 or more other players are spinning for it, the player who 1st triggered the feature will win the full jackpot amount (seed plus progressive) whereas the other player(s) will only be awarded the jackpot seed.

Return to Player

The minimum theoretical return to player (RTP) percentage is 93.59% and the maximum theoretical return to player (RTP) percentage that includes the Jackpot contribution is 94.99%.

Silver Bullet slot

Silver Bullet

5-Reel Multiline Slots

The object of Silver Bullet is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the amount you wish to bet on each payline, by clicking on the + and buttons on the right.
  • Select the number of paylines you want to bet on by clicking on the Bet One button or the line numbers to the left or right of the reels. When you click on line number 3 for example, you also select lines 1 and 2. Each click on the Bet One button selects one more line. Click Bet Max or line number 9 to select all paylines. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is line bet multiplied by the number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max will also spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

About the winning tables:

The tables show a certain number for every hit amount for every symbol. For example, if you have four symbols in a row starting on the leftmost or rightmost reel (that is four hits), read the number on the line “XXXX” and in the column under that symbol. Multiply your line bet by that number and you get the winning amount. If you have winning combinations on multiple lines, add them all up to get the winning amount. The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost or rightmost reel, to qualify as hits. In case one payline contains two winning combinations (for example: two barrels counted from the left and three bottles counted from the right), you are paid for both combinations. If you have five symbols in a row, you are only paid once.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

The sheriff badge symbol is a wild symbol – meaning it stands for any other symbol, like a joker in card games. Also, the wild symbol doubles any win in the combination it is in, but not cumulatively (that is, two wild symbols still multiply the win by 2 and not by 4).

Scatter symbol:

The Colt revolver symbol is a scatter symbol – when you get 2 to 5 of these symbols on the screen, you are paid according to the table shown on the winnings table (scatter win is calculated by multiplying the number on the respective row of the scatter paytable with your TOTAL bet, not just the line bet). The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost or rightmost reel. They don’t have to follow any payline. Scatter wins are added to payline wins (if you don’t have any payline wins, you are only paid the scatter win).

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually, or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected set of numbers, click on any of the currently unselected numbers to start over. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of squares at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will be displayed in the row of empty circles. If any of the numbers match your selection, the squares containing them will change color and your win amount will be displayed. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10,000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 96.84%.

Safecracker slot

Safecracker

3-Reel Slots with a Bonus Game and a Progressive Jackpot

The object of Safecracker is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Click Bet One, Bet Two or Bet Max (=three) to select the number of coins you wish to wager. The reels start to spin.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along the payline), you win according to the winning table (click the Show Wintable button to see it).

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the coin size, not the line bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

Bonus Game:

Safecracker contains a bonus game. To access the bonus game, you have to collect three keys. In the bonus game, click on the deposit boxes to claim your bonus prizes. 3 of them are alarmed and end the bonus round, 7 are safe to open and contain a prize for you. Click on the deposit boxes, one after another, and claim the prizes until you hit an alarmed one. The bonus game is finished then, and you return to regular Safecracker. When you have collected another three keys, you enter the bonus game again.

Progressive Jackpot:

The Safecracker game also features a progressive jackpot. A certain percentage of every bet you make goes to the progressive jackpot pool. To win the Jackpot, you must collect 3 symbols of the highest rank (dollar banknotes) along an active payline while playing at the maximum bet.

Jackpot Fund

The progressive jackpot fund is composed of two parts – the seed and the progressive pot. The jackpot fund begins at the seed value, which is the guaranteed minimum amount of prize money contributed by the casinos. This ensures that even if you get a jackpot result in the game right after someone else has won the jackpot, you will still get a large win.

The rest of the jackpot amount comes from a progressive share, which is accumulated over time based on the bets that are made within the game. A small amount of money is added into the progressive pot for each bet that is made in the game by the players, in each of the casinos offering it, equal to a percentage of that bet (called the contribution rate).

Please note:

  • The mechanics of the game prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings. If two players win the jackpot in close succession, the first player will be awarded the seed and the progressive pot, and the second player will win the seed together with any possible progressive share that has accumulated between the two wins.
  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 6 000 x coin size
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 3%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Three cash symbols.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play for max bet.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 97.06%.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Roaring Wilds slot

Roaring Wilds™

5-reel 40-line slots

The objective of Roaring Wilds™ is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Line bets are chosen by clicking + and – below Line Bet to increase or decrease the amount.
  • Paylines can be activated and their shapes displayed by progressively clicking + and – below Lines. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the currently selected bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin results.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Mouse over the Auto Play button to display the list of options. Select the number of spins to be played automatically or choose Until Feature to spin until the Free Games round is triggered. Clicking on an option starts the Auto Play function. The Auto Play button changes into Stop during the Auto Play mode. The Auto Play mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times you chose, or when a Free Games round is triggered if you chose Until Feature, or when you click Stop.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on or off the Turbo Mode thus turning on or off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster or slower.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In the case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the strip located at the bottom of the reels or the game window.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Click the arrow buttons at the bottom of the screen to switch between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the awarded multiplier is highlighted and blinks.
    • The Free Games screen describes how the Free Games round is triggered and what its rules are.
    • The Gamble screen describes how to try doubling winnings by gambling with them and describes the doubling-up rules.
    • The Paylines screen illustrates all possible payline combinations and explains the payout rules.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shapes displayed by progressively clicking + and below Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out.
  • If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild Symbol

The Wild symbol in the game is the symbol. It can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for three or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the paytable. Five Wild symbols on an active payline pay the max win according to the paytable.

Scatter Symbol

The Scatter symbol in the game is the symbol. The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. If there are three or more Scatter symbols in the spin results, the payout earned is multiplied by the total bet and added to payline winnings.

Three or more Scatter symbols appearing simultaneously anywhere on the reels during the main game trigger 15 Free Games and pay separately.

Stacked Symbols

All symbols except Scatter can appear as both stacked and single symbols. Stacks can consist of up to 4 symbols. Stacked symbols participating in winning combinations pay in accordance with the Paytable, just like single symbols.

Free Games

Whenever three to five appear anywhere on the reels during main game, 15 Free Games are triggered. To start the Free Games, click on Click to Start.

Three to five symbols anywhere on reels during the Free Games pay according to the paytable. Three or more symbols add more Free Games as described above. More Free Games can be won this way infinitely.

During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Games round. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game Win shows the winnings that were received from the main game spin that won the Free Games. Feature Win shows the winnings that were received during the Free Games. Total Win shows the accumulated winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up).

When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize. Free Game wins are added to the payline and Scatter symbol wins.

If the Free Games have been triggered during the Auto Play mode, the Free Games round begins after the player clicks on Click to Start. When all Free Games have been played and you click Continue on the screen summarizing the Free Games win, the Auto Play mode resumes, or ends if you activated it by selecting Until Feature. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize.

Gamble

A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try and increase them.

In the Gamble feature your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings by clicking the Double button. The Double To field shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank if you win.

You can also choose to bet only half of your current winnings (by clicking Double Half) and keep the other half in the Bank. The Double Half To field shows the amount that will be in the Bank if you win (which includes the amount that remained in the Bank).
The Bet field shows the bet placed in the Gamble round.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, the dealer’s card is revealed on the left-hand side of the screen and you will be prompted to pick a card from the remaining face-down cards. If you pick a card with a higher rank than the dealer’s card, you win. If your card is lower in rank than the dealer’s card, you lose your bet and the Gamble feature ends. If your card is equal in rank, the bet is returned.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Gamble feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Gamble feature.

Click Collect to add your winnings from the Bank to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Gamble button is disabled during the Free Games and while Auto Play mode is active.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 93.60%.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Queen of the Pyramids slot

Queen of the Pyramids

5-Reel Multiline Slots

The object of the game is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round, by clicking on the + and – buttons. This will be the amount you bet on one line, called line bet.
  • Select the number of paylines you want to bet on by clicking on the Bet One button or the line numbers to the left or right of the reels. When you click on line number 5 for example, you also select lines 1-4. Each click on the Bet One buttons selects one more line. Click Bet Max or line number 9 to select all paylines. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is line bet multiplied by the number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max will also spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About the winning tables:

The tables show a certain number for every hit amount for every symbol. For example, if you have four symbols in a row starting on the leftmost reel (that is four hits), read the number on the line “XXXX” and in the column under that symbol. Multiply your line bet by that number and you get the winning amount. If you have winning combinations on multiple lines, add them all up to get the winning amount. The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost reel, to qualify as hits.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

The pharaoh symbol is a wild symbol – meaning it stands for any other symbol, like a joker in card games. The exceptions are the bonus and scatter symbols, which the wild symbol does not replace.

Progressive Jackpot:

A certain percentage of every bet you make goes to the progressive jackpot pool. You win the jackpot if you get 5 pharaoh symbols along an active payline, while playing for max bet.

Jackpot Fund

The progressive jackpot fund is composed of two parts – the seed and the progressive pot. The jackpot fund begins at the seed value, which is the guaranteed minimum amount of prize money contributed by the casinos. This ensures that even if you get a jackpot result in the game right after someone else has won the jackpot, you will still get a large win.

The rest of the jackpot amount comes from a progressive share, which is accumulated over time based on the bets that are made within the game. A small amount of money is added into the progressive pot for each bet that is made in the game by the players, in each of the casinos offering it, equal to a percentage of that bet (called the contribution rate).

Please note:

  • The mechanics of the game prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings. If two players win the jackpot in close succession, the first player will be awarded the seed and the progressive pot, and the second player will win the seed together with any possible progressive share that has accumulated between the two wins.
  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 40 000 x coin size.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 1%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Five wild symbols on an active payline.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play for max bet.

Bonus Round:

To access the Bonus Round, you must get three unicorns on a payline. The number you get on the Bonus Round Wheel is multiplied with your line bet to calculate your winning amount. During Super Payout mode your winning is multiplied by five.

Scatter symbol, Free Spins and Super Payout mode:

The scorpion is a scatter symbol – when you get 3, 4 or 5 of these symbols on the screen, you get a number of Free Spins. During the Free Spins the line bet and the number of selected lines is the same as during your last spin. Free Spins also activate the Super Payout mode – all your wins are multiplied by five (except the progressive jackpot). If you enter the bonus round during Super Payout mode, the bonus round win is also multiplied by five.

You can get more free spins on a free spin.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 94.97% when playing with maximum number of coins and 93.97% with less than maximum number of coins.

The Pink Panther jackpot slot Playtech

Pink Panther

5-Reel 40-line Slots

The objective of Pink Panther is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination (coin value) can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached (10 coins of the selected wagering denomination), clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.
    Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.
  • A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature. More information about the Gamble feature can be found below.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Pink Pow screen describes how this feature is triggered and explains its rules.
    • The Crack The Pink Code Bonus screen describes how this bonus game is triggered and explains its rules.
    • The Color Pink Bonus screen describes how this bonus game is triggered and explains its rules.
    • The Wheel of Pink Bonus screen describes how this bonus game is triggered and explains its rules.
    • The Pink Trail Bonus screen describes how this bonus game is triggered and explains its rules.
    • The Jackpot Adventure screen describes how to win entry to the Progressive Jackpot game that wins one of two progressive jackpots or a fixed consolation prize, and explains the game rules.
    • The Gamble screen describes how to try doubling winnings by gambling with them and describes the doubling-up rules.
  • Clicking Show Paylines on the Paytable page, opens a screen that illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • If a symbol has a winning combination on more than one reel, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be on consecutive reels.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are accumulated.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

The Wild symbol in the game is the symbol. It can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for two or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the Paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from Wilds is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by Wild standing in).

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbol in the game is the symbol. The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. If there are three or more Scatters in the spin results, the payout earned is multiplied by the total bet and added to payline winnings.

The four Bonus games, the Pink Pow feature and the Jackpot Adventure are all triggered randomly during the main game and cannot be triggered during Free Games. The Pink Pow feature, a bonus game, the Jackpot Adventure or any combination of them can be triggered simultaneously after a spin, including a spin with no game win.

Bonus games

When a bonus game is triggered, a long rope drops from above, near the animated Pink Panther, who is standing to the left of the reels. Once the win animations have played out, a message appears in front of the screen, saying that a Bonus game will begin. To enter the Bonus game, click on Start Bonus. The Pink Panther will then pull the rope and the screen will go dark, except for the Pink Panther’s eyes. After a short pause, the Bonus game will begin.

Wheel of Pink Bonus

In this Bonus game, the Pink Panther spins two wheels. Clicking Spin starts the rotation. The external wheel may award a multiplier of x5, or x7, or x9 that will be applied to the player’s total bet on the spin that triggered the feature. The inner wheel awards 2 options – Respin and Collect. Respin spins the wheels again, after clicking the Respin button. Collect gathers the prizes won and ends the Bonus game.
At the end of the Bonus game, click Continue to return to the main game.

The Color Pink Bonus

In the Color Pink Bonus game, the Pink Panther and the Little Man paint a wall of numbers in pink and blue, respectively. Each painted position in either color may reveal any of the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. Click on Paint to start painting. At the end of a painting round, the sum of the pink numbers is multiplied by the player’s total bet on the spin that triggered the feature, to form the total Bonus win.
Choose either Repaint to try again or Collect to gather the prize and end the game. Up to 3 rounds can be played. At the end of the third round, the prize of that round is collected automatically.
At the end of the Bonus game, click Continue to return to the main game.

Pink Trail Bonus

A screen appears explaining the rules of the game. To start tracing, click on Click to Start.
During this Bonus game, Inspector Clouseau is following footsteps for 4 rounds to find a stolen diamond. Each footstep wins a multiplier for the total bet of the spin, in which the Bonus was triggered, thus adding up to the total Bonus win. The number of footsteps in each round is random.
At the end of each round, choose either Continue or Collect. Choosing Collect gathers the prizes earned and ends the Bonus. Selecting Continue resumes the tracing of the footsteps but risks a trap that takes half of the prizes won and ends the game. Finishing all the four rounds successfully without falling into the trap, finds the diamond and multiplies the wins by 2.
At the end of the Bonus game, click Continue to return to the main game.

Crack the Pink Code Bonus and Free Games

During the Crack the Pink Code Bonus, you have to choose safes by clicking on them, one at a time. Each safe may stand for either 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 Free Games, or a Free Games win multiplier of x3 or x4, or an Expanding Wild, which, if awarded, will be available only on reel #3 during the Free Games round. A Free Game multiplier means that any win in the Free Games is multiplied by that number. Expanding Wild on reel #3 means that if a Wild symbol appears on reel #3 after a spin and it is possible to have a winning combination by having a Wild symbol anywhere on that reel, the Wild symbol will expand to cover the entire reel. All places on the reel will be temporarily considered as Wild. All winning combinations that result from this will be paid.
Click on a safe to reveal its contents. When the Pink Panther opens a safe with dynamite, one more prize is awarded and the Bonus game ends.
Click Continue to start the Free Games.

During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Games. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the free games. Feature win shows the winnings that were received during the Free Games. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up).

The Bonus games, Pink Pow feature and the Progressive Jackpot Adventure cannot be triggered during Free Games. More Free Games cannot be retriggered.

The Pink Pow Feature

During the main game, after a spin, the Pink Panther randomly turns 2 to 6 symbols on the reels into Wilds. These Extra Wilds substitute for all symbols except Scatter. Scatter wins are paid before the Extra Wilds are distributed.

The Jackpot Adventure

During the Jackpot Adventure feature you are guaranteed to win either the Major Pink Jackpot, or the Minor Pink Jackpot, or, in case none has been awarded, the consolation prize. The two different jackpots and the consolation prize award different cash amounts as explained below.
The jackpot gamescreen shows 12 doors and you choose which ones to open. Behind each door one of the following three characters may appear: the Pink Panther, Inspector Clouseau or the Little Man. Opening 5 Pink Panther doors wins the Major Pink jackpot. Opening 4 Inspector Clouseau doors wins the Minor Pink jackpot. Opening 3 Little Man doors wins the fixed consolation prize. It is also possible that there is one empty door with no character behind it at all.
The Jackpot Adventure game has a reaction timer. This means that if you do not pick doors in a set amount of time, the doors will open automatically and you will win your prize.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): Major Pink: €1,000
Minor Pink: €100
Consolation Prize: €80
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 1.40% (the total seed contribution is 0.18%, the total progressive jackpots contribution is 0.81%, and the consolation prize contribution is 0.41%)
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Open:
5 Pink Panther doors to win the Major Pink;
4 Inspector Clouseau doors to win the Minor Pink;
3 Little Man doors to win the Consolation Prize.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play a Jackpot Adventure slot game.

Note: In case a player wins the Jackpot Adventure feature while it is being played by another player, the round that has already begun should be finished so that the 2nd player can enter the feature. In case both players win the Major Pink Jackpot, one after the other, the 1st player will be awarded the progressive part, while the 2nd one will win its corresponding seed and the progressive part that has been accumulated for the time between the winning of the Major Pink Jackpot by the 1st player and by the 2nd one.

If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

Gamble

A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try and increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings (Double button) to double them. Double To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank, if you win.
You can also choose to bet only half your current winnings (Double Half button) and keep the other half in the Bank. Double Half To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank (includes the amount that remained in the Bank), if you win.
Bet will show your bet in the Gamble round.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, the dealer’s card is revealed on the left-hand side of the screen and you have to pick a card from the remaining face-down cards. If you pick a card with a higher ranking than the dealer’s card, you win. If your card is equal in ranking, the bet is returned. If your card is lower in ranking than the dealer’s card, you lose your bet and the Gamble feature ends.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Gamble feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Gamble feature.

Click Collect to add your winnings from the Bank to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Gamble button is disabled during free spins and while the Auto Start is active.

Return to Player

The minimum theoretical return to player (RTP) percentage is 93.99% and the maximum theoretical return to player (RTP) percentage that includes the Jackpot contribution is 95.39%.

Magic Slots

Magic Slots

3-Reel Slots with a Bonus Game and a Progressive Jackpot

The object of Magic Slots is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Click Bet One, Bet Two or Bet Max (=three) to select the number of coins you wish to wager. You can also bet by clicking on the corresponding column in the wintable (the leftmost column bets one coin, the middle column bets two and the rightmost column bets three coins). The reels start to spin.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along the payline), you win according to the winning table (see the top panel of the machine).

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the coin size, not the line bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

Bonus Game:

Magic Slots contains a bonus game. To access the bonus game, you have to collect three magic wands, while playing for max bet. In the bonus game, select one of the four hats. You will receive a prize, depending on your selection.

Progressive Jackpot:

The Magic Slots game also features a progressive jackpot. A certain percentage of every bet you make goes to the progressive jackpot pool. To win the Jackpot, you must collect 3 symbols of the highest rank (hats and gloves symbols) along an active payline while playing at the maximum bet.

Jackpot Fund

The progressive jackpot fund is composed of two parts – the seed and the progressive pot. The jackpot fund begins at the seed value, which is the guaranteed minimum amount of prize money contributed by the casinos. This ensures that even if you get a jackpot result in the game right after someone else has won the jackpot, you will still get a large win.

The rest of the jackpot amount comes from a progressive share, which is accumulated over time based on the bets that are made within the game. A small amount of money is added into the progressive pot for each bet that is made in the game by the players, in each of the casinos offering it, equal to a percentage of that bet (called the contribution rate).

Please note:

  • The mechanics of the game prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings. If two players win the jackpot in close succession, the first player will be awarded the seed and the progressive pot, and the second player will win the seed together with any possible progressive share that has accumulated between the two wins.
  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 3 000 x coin size
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 2%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Three hat symbols.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play for max bet.

Buttons:

Bet One Bet one coin and spin the reels.
Bet Two Bet two coins and spin the reels.
Bet Max Bet all three coins and spin the reels.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 95.70% when playing with maximum number of coins and 93.70% with less than maximum number of coins.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Lotto Madness slot

Lotto Madness

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The object of Lotto Madness is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. The numbers on the buttons on both side of the reels indicate the number of coins that are currently bet on one payline. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Lines button to add a payline, or use the coloured buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Lines button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The winning combination must occur from left to right, otherwise it is not paid.

The Wild symbol can stand for any other (except Scatter and Bonus), to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are three or more of them on the game field, you get an additional win. The payout for scatter symbols is multiplied by your total bet.

Bonus symbol

When you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels, you are taken to the bonus round. There you get to spin the Crazy Wheel to find your combination of free spins and prize multipliers. It is possible to win 3 to 20 free spins with a multiplier ranging from 2 to 10.

The free spins are played automatically at the same number of lines and bet per line as on the spin that won the bonus feature. All wins received during the free spins are multiplied by the multiplier you won.

If you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels during a free spin, you are not taken to the bonus round – instead the game randomly selects one of the possible outcomes of the bonus round and adds the corresponding amount of free spins to the existing ones. Your win multiplier does not change.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually, or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected set of numbers, click on any of the currently unselected numbers to start over. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of squares at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will be displayed in the row of empty circles. If any of the numbers match your selection, the squares containing them will change color and your win amount will be displayed. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10,000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 97.06%.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Land of Gold slot

Land of Gold™

5-Reel Slots with All-Ways feature

The objective of Land of Gold™ is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • The Land of Gold™ game is always played with 576 ways. Their number is fixed and cannot be changed by the player.
  • Bets are chosen by progressively clicking the + and – buttons below Coin Value.
  • Total bet per game round = coin value X 40.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current total bet. During the reel spin the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information. Mouse over the Auto Play button to display the list of options. Select the number of spins to be played automatically. Clicking on an option starts the Auto Play function. The Auto Play button changes into Stop during the Auto Play mode. The Auto Play mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when you click Stop.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on or off the Turbo Mode thus turning on or off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster or slower.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable.Total win = payout value x coin value. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • In the case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings.The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The 576 Ways to Win screen explains how wins are formed in the game.
    • The Stacks of Luck Feature screen explains the way the feature is triggered and played.
    • The Lucky Spins Free Games screen describes the rules of the Free Games round.
    • The Golden Coins Bonus screen explains how the Golden Coins Bonus is triggered and played, and how the Clover Jackpot can be won.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the coin value must be multiplied by the payout.
  • Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel and appear on consecutive reels.

Wild Symbol

The Wild symbol appears on all reels and substitutes for any symbol, other than and , to make the best possible winning combination. It appears during the main game and the Lucky Spins Free Games round. More information about the Lucky Spins Free Games can be found here.

symbols have no payout of their own.

Scatter Symbol

The Scatter symbols appear on reels #2, #3 and #4 only during the main game and the Lucky Spins Free Games round.

Whenever 3 simultaneously appear on the reels during the main game, the Lucky Spins Free Games feature is triggered. If 3 appear simultaneously on the reels during the Lucky Spins Free Games round, the feature is re-triggered, as explained here.

symbols have no payout of their own.

Bonus Symbol

The Bonus symbols appear on reels #1 and #5 during the main game only. Whenever appear simultaneously anywhere on both of these reels, the Golden Coins Bonus is triggered, as explained here.

Stacked Symbols

, , , and can appear in stacks on reels #2, #3 and #4. Each reel position covered by a stacked symbol counts and pays according to the payout of the respective symbol if participating in a winning combination.

Whenever all positions of reels #2, #3 and #4 are fully occupied by one of these symbols, the Stacks of Luck Feature is triggered, as explained below.

Stacks of Luck Feature

Whenever , , , and land on all positions on reels #2, #3 and #4, the Stacks of Luck Feature is triggered. You are then awarded a cash prize of your total bet multiplied by a random multiplier between x5 and x25.

Note: The Stacks of Luck Feature is available during both the main game and Lucky Spins Free Games.

Lucky Spins Free Games

The Lucky Spins Free Games are triggered by the simultaneous appearance of 3 anywhere on reels #2, #3 and #4.

On the screen that appears when the feature is triggered click Click to Start to begin Lucky Spins Free Games.

The reels will transition to show the Wheel of Luck, which can be spun to win Free Games and multipliers. Click Spin to start the Wheel of Luck spinning, and Stop to stop the wheel. The pointer will land on one of the following:

  • Free Games, represented by a “+” followed by a number.
    • You will be awarded the corresponding number of Free Games.
    • The amount of Free Games you have won is shown under Spins Left in the top right of the screen.
    • If you win Free Games more than once on the Wheel of Luck, they will be accumulated.
  • A multiplier, represented by a “X” followed by a number.
    • Free Games will be played with the corresponding win multiplier.
    • The multiplier you have won is shown under Multiplier in the top left of the screen.
    • If you win more than one multiplier on the Wheel of Luck, the multipliers will be accumulated, not multiplied by each other.
  • Collect, which will begin the Free Games won with the multiplier won.

During Free Games, the reels are spun automatically. The Win box below the reels shows the win from each Free Games spin. The Multiplier box to the upper left of the game window displays the accumulated win multiplier value. The number of Free Games remaining is shown in the Spins Left box to the upper right of the game window.

Note: The Free Games round can be retriggered indefinitely any time appears simultaneously on reels #2, #3 and #4. When retriggered, you will be awarded 5 additional Free Games with the same multiplier as the one initially awarded by the Wheel of Luck.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game Win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the Free Games. Feature Win shows the winnings that were received during the Free Games. Total Win shows the accumulated winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up).

Click OK to return to the main game reels.

Note: The Golden Coins Bonus cannot be won during Lucky Spins Free Games ( symbols do not appear on Lucky Spins Free Games reels).

Golden Coins Bonus

The Golden Coins Bonus is triggered by the appearance of anywhere on reels #1 and #5 simultaneously.

Click on Click to Start to begin the Bonus round.

The reels will transition to the Bonus screen. A pop-up will appear explaining the rules of the Bonus that can be dismissed by pressing OK.

The Leprechaun will be standing on a mushroom. Click and hold the mushroom, then drag it down and release to fire the Leprechaun up into the air. There are several items that the Leprechaun can hit whilst flying through the air:

  • Coins, which will each award a cash prize. Each golden coin stands for a cash prize equal to the total bet multiplied by 0.25 or by 1.25.
  • Clovers, which will award the Clover Jackpot if 3 are collected. When 3 clovers are collected, a pop-up Jackpot Win message appears out of the Jackpot ticker and remains onscreen until the Bonus round ends. When the Clover Jackpot is won, a Jackpot win screen appears after the current jump ends. More information on the Clover Jackpot can be found below.
  • Crow, which will end the Bonus when hit.

Any prizes the Leprechaun hits during a jump will be awarded. If the Leprechaun does not hit a Crow, he will land and can jump again.

When the Leprechaun hits a Crow and the Bonus ends, a winnings summary screen shows the amount of coins and clovers won during bonus round and the aggregate Total Win (Feature Win and Jackpot win added up).

Click OK to return to the main game reels.

Clover Jackpot

The Clover Jackpot is a progressive jackpot accumulated by all Casinos offering the Land of Gold™ game. A small percentage of each total bet is added to a common pot. The greater part of this contribution is used to form the progressive jackpot amount, and the other, smaller part, contributes to a seed, which is the minimum amount of money guaranteed to be won by players, qualifying for the Clover Jackpot.

The Clover Jackpot works as follows:

Seed (how much money each Clover Jackpot starts with): EUR 5,000
Average contribution rate (what average percentage of each total bet goes into the Clover Jackpot): 1.00% (the average seed pot contribution is 0.1% and the average progressive jackpot contribution is 0.9%)
Win condition (the result you have to get to win a Clover Jackpot): Collect 3 clovers during the Golden Coins Bonus.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Clover Jackpot): Play the Land of Gold™ game.

Note:

  • The seed and Jackpot values are in Euros in the progressive network and their value in your local currency is dependent on the currency exchange rate.
  • The mechanics of Progressive Jackpot prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings.
  • Imperfections in the Internet connectivity may cause you to experience delays in Jackpot messages or updates, but they do not affect actual Jackpot wins.

Return to Player

The minimum theoretical return to player (RTP) percentage is 94.15% and the maximum theoretical return to player (RTP) percentage that includes the Jackpot contribution is 95.15%.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Highway Kings slot

Highway Kings

5-Reel Multiline Slots

The object of Highway Kings is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to bet by clicking on the + and buttons on the lower left of the screen.
  • Select the number of paylines you want to bet on by clicking on the Bet One button or the line numbers to the left or right of the reels. When you click on line number 5 for example, you also select lines 1-4. Each click on the Bet One buttons selects one more line. Click Bet Max or line number 9 to select all paylines. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is line bet multiplied by the number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max will also spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About the winning tables:

The tables show a certain number for every hit amount for every symbol. For example, if you have four symbols in a row starting on the leftmost or rightmost reel (that is four hits), read the number on the line “XXXX” and in the column under that symbol. Multiply your line bet by that number and you get the winning amount. If you have winning combinations on multiple lines, add them all up to get the winning amount. The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost or rightmost reel, to qualify as hits. In case one payline contains two winning combinations (for example: two yellow trucks counted from the left and three tires counted from the right), you are paid for both combinations. If you have five symbols in a row, you are only paid once.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

The red truck symbol with “Wild” written on it is a wild symbol – meaning it stands for any other symbol, like a joker in card games. Also, the wild symbol doubles any win in the combination it is in, but not cumulatively (that is, two wild symbols still multiply the win by 2 and not by 4). The red truck symbol appears on reels 2, 3 and 4 only.

Scatter symbol:

The exhaust pipe with “Scatter” written on it is a scatter symbol – when you get 2 to 5 of these symbols on the screen, you are paid according to the table shown on the winnings table (scatter win is calculated by multiplying the number on the respective row of the scatter paytable with your TOTAL bet, not just the line bet). The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost or rightmost reel. They don’t have to follow any payline. Scatter wins are added to payline wins (if you don’t have any payline wins, you are only paid the scatter win).

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually, or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected set of numbers, click on any of the currently unselected numbers to start over. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of squares at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will be displayed in the row of empty circles. If any of the numbers match your selection, the squares containing them will change color and your win amount will be displayed. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10,000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 97.06%.

Heart of the Frontier slot

Heart of the Frontier

5-Reel 20-line Slot

The objective of Heart of the Frontier is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • The game is always played with 20 active paylines. The number of active paylines is fixed and cannot be changed by the player.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • The total bet per game round is chosen by clicking the + and buttons under Total Bet to increase or decrease the amount.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the currently selected bet. During the reel spin the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Autoplay function. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.
    Mouse over the Autoplay button to display the list of options. Select the number of spins to be played automatically. Clicking on an option starts the Autoplay function. The Autoplay mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when you click Stop Autoplay.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on Turbo Mode thus turning off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster. When Turbo Mode is active, the button changes to Turbo Mode On. Clicking Turbo Mode On ends Turbo Mode and resumes the normal game.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • Only the highest payline winning combination pays on any given payline. Simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulated winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.

Info pages:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screens describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigation between the different info screens.
  • You can also change the current info screen by clicking on the section names above it. To navigate between screens of the same section, click either the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen, or the dots under the section name.
    • The Payouts screens describe the behaviour of the Wild symbol and show all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Expanding Wilds screen describes the behaviour of the Sheriff Wild and the Bandit Wild symbols, and explains how the Showdown Free Games feature is triggered.
    • The Showdown Free Games screen explains how this feature works.
    • The Paylines screen illustrates all possible payline combinations and explains the payout rules in the game.
  • Clicking Reels exits the Info screens and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels as illustrated in the Paylines screen of the Info page.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • All winning combinations must be consecutive and must start from the leftmost reel.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet is how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet is how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Payouts screens. To find the win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the corresponding symbol payout for the number of symbols involved in the win.
  • If two or more payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the highest of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations can only be on an active payline, must start from the leftmost reel and the symbols have to be consecutive.

Stacked Symbols

, and symbols only appear as 3-symbol high stacks on the reels, during both the main game and the Showdown Free Games feature. Each reel position covered by a stacked symbol counts and pays according to the payout of the respective symbol if participating in a winning combination.

Wild Symbols

There are 3 Wild symbols in the game: , and .

The symbol can stand for any other symbol, except for the and symbols, to make the best possible winning combination.

and symbols can stand for any other symbol to make the best possible winning combination.

There is also a separate payout for 3 or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the Paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from Wild is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by Wild standing in).

and symbols expand to fill any reel they land on with 3-symbol high stacks of Wild symbols. These stacks of Wild symbols remain on the reels when the reels are spun again, shifting their positions, as follows:

  • Stacks of symbols move 1 reel to the right at the start of each spin, filling that reel with Wild symbols for the results of that spin.
  • Stacks of symbols move 1 reel to the left at the start of each spin, filling that reel with Wild symbols for the results of that spin.
  • Once a stack of symbols moves from reel 5, it disappears from the reels.
  • Once a stack of symbols moves from reel 1, it disappears from the reels.

If during a main game spin at least 1 stack of symbols and at least 1 stack of symbols are simultaneously on the reels, the Showdown Free Games feature is triggered.

Note: Changing the total bet will remove any and stacks on the reels.

Note:

  1. When an Expanding Wild symbol lands on the reels during a Free Spins Bonus spin:
    • It stays on the reels and substitutes for symbols only if the player continues to play with Free Spins Bonus spins or bets in main game with the same total bet as in the Free Spins Bonus round.
    • If the total bet is changed, the Expanding Wild symbol will be removed from the reels.
    • If the total bet is changed but the player doesn’t make a main game spin and instead opens the Free Spins Bonus panel, then the Expanding Wild symbol will appear again on the reels.
  2. When an Expanding Wild symbol lands on the reels during a main game spin:
    • If the total bet is the same as in Free Spins Bonus and the player opens the Free Spins Bonus panel, the Expanding Wild symbol stays on the reels and substitutes for symbols.
    • If the total bet is different from the one in Free Spins Bonus and the player opens the Free Spins Bonus panel, then the Expanding Wild symbol will be removed from the reels.
    • If the player returns to the main game before spinning in Free Spins Bonus, the Expanding Wild symbol will appear again on the reels.

Showdown Free Games

If during a main game spin at least 1 stack of symbols and at least 1 stack of symbols are simultaneously on the reels, the Showdown Free Games feature is triggered.

Click the Start button on the pop-up to begin the Free Games round.

All stacks of and symbols that appeared on the reels during the triggering spin remain locked in their positions for the duration of Showdown Free Games. Additionally, if during Showdown Free Games more or symbols land on the reels they will also expand and remain locked in their positions for all remaining Free Games.

During Free Games, the reels are spun automatically 5 times using the same line bet as on the spin that triggered the feature. After each spin, the win amount is displayed in the Win field. The accumulated Free Games win amount is shown in the Total Win field. The Free Games Remaining field shows the remaining spins until the end of the Free Games round.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board shows the Free Games round winnings.

Clicking the OK on the result board will commence the Showdown.

A Showdown animation is played, leaving only one stack of Wild symbols on the reels, and activating the win ticker. Clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize. Free Games wins are added to the payline wins.

On the next main game spin, the stack of Wild symbols that remained on the reels after the Showdown animation will shift its position, as explained here.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

If the Showdown Free Games feature was triggered during Autoplay mode then the Showdown Free Games feature will begin after you click Start. When all Free Games have been played and you click OK on the result board, the Showdown commences and the Autoplay mode resumes. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize.

Note: Showdown Free Games cannot be retriggered.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 96.09%.

Gold Rally slot

Gold Rally

8-Line Slots with a Progressive Jackpot

The object of Gold Rally is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Select the number of paylines you want to bet on by clicking on the Bet One button or the line number on the upper and left edge of the reels. When you click on line number 5 for example, you also select lines 1-4. Each click on the Bet One buttons selects one more line. Click Bet Max or line number 8 to select all paylines. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is line bet multiplied by the number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max also spins the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

The Bonus round symbol and the Scatter symbol are exceptions to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol and Bonus round symbol below.

About the winning tables:

The tables show a certain number for every symbol combination that pays. Multiply your line bet by that number and you get the winning amount. If you have winning combinations on multiple lines, add them all up to get the winning amount. Please note, that the one Horseshoe symbol combination and two Horseshoes symbol combination have to start on the leftmost or upmost reel (depending on the payline) to win.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

Bonus round:

When you enter a bonus round, follow the instructions on the screen. You will be paid a prize according to the choice(s) you make. The “You win” sign shows your total win – if you play several rounds, wins from all rounds of the current bonus game are added up. After the bonus round, you can check the Game History, where each round’s winning is shown on a separate line.

Scatter symbol:

The scales symbol is a scatter symbol – when you get 5 to 9 of these symbols on the screen, you are paid according to the table shown on the winnings table. Scatter win is calculated by multiplying the number on the respective row of the scatter paytable with your total bet. The symbols don’t have to follow any payline. Scatter wins are added to payline wins (if you have any).

Progressive Jackpot:

A certain percentage of every bet you make goes to the progressive jackpot pool. You win the jackpot if you get 9 Scatter symbols on the screen, while playing for the maximum bet.

Jackpot Fund

The progressive jackpot fund is composed of two parts – the seed and the progressive pot. The jackpot fund begins at the seed value, which is the guaranteed minimum amount of prize money contributed by the casinos. This ensures that even if you get a jackpot result in the game right after someone else has won the jackpot, you will still get a large win.

The rest of the jackpot amount comes from a progressive share, which is accumulated over time based on the bets that are made within the game. A small amount of money is added into the progressive pot for each bet that is made in the game by the players, in each of the casinos offering it, equal to a percentage of that bet (called the contribution rate).

Please note:

  • The mechanics of the game prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings. If two players win the jackpot in close succession, the first player will be awarded the seed and the progressive pot, and the second player will win the seed together with any possible progressive share that has accumulated between the two wins.
  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 37 500 x coin size
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 2.28%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Nine scale symbols.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play for max bet.

Return to Player

The minimum theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 94.71% and the maximum theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 96.70%, Both include Jackpot Contribution of 2.28%.

Gladiator Jackpot slot

Gladiator Jackpot

5-reel 25-line slots

The objective of Gladiator Jackpot is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination (coin value) can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached (10 coins of the selected wagering denomination), clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spin the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulated winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the strip located at the bottom of the reels or the game window.
  • A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature. More information about the Gamble feature can be found below.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Coliseum Bonus screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to enter the Coliseum Bonus round and describes the Coliseum Bonus round rules.
    • The Gladiator Jackpot Bonus screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to trigger the Gladiator Jackpot Bonus round and describes the Gladiator Jackpot Bonus round rules.
    • The Gamble screen describes how to try doubling winnings by gambling with them and describes the doubling-up rules.
  • Clicking Show Paylines on the Paytable page, opens a screen that illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are accumulated.
  • Winning combinations can only be on an active payline, must start from the leftmost reel and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild Symbol

The Wild symbol appears only on reels 2, 3 and 4. It can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination. Wild symbols do not have a regular win, they only win when substituting.

If three Wild symbols appear simultaneously in any position on reels 2, 3 and 4 during main game or during Free Games, the Gladiator Jackpot Bonus round is triggered.

Scatter Symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. If there are two or more Scatter symbols in any position in the spin results, the payout earned is multiplied by the total bet and added to payline winnings.

If three or more Scatter symbols appear simultaneously anywhere on the reels during main game, the Coliseum Bonus round is triggered.

Gladiator Jackpot Bonus

The Gladiator Jackpot Bonus is triggered when three Wild symbols appear simultaneously in any position on reels 2, 3 and 4 during main game or during Free Games. However, during Free Games, it is impossible to win the Jackpot, as explained below.
In the Gladiator Jackpot Bonus round, a centered window reveals 9 helmets in either gold, silver or bronze, all three with prize values a multiple of the total bet, of which gold wins most and bronze the least. The values of those 9 helmets are accumulated and make up the total Bonus prize. Collecting 9 golden helmets during main game wins the Gladiator Jackpot. Winning the Gladiator Jackpot wins only the Jackpot sum but doesn’t add the cash prize from the 9 golden helmets to the Bonus win.
If you play the Gladiator Jackpot Bonus during Free Games, it is impossible to collect 9 golden helmets and win the Jackpot.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): €50,000
Average contribution rate (what average percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 1.00%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): 9 golden helmets during the Gladiator Jackpot Bonus round.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play the Gladiator Jackpot slot game.

Note:

  • If 2 players win the same Progressive Jackpot at the same time then the 1st player will be awarded the seed and the progressive part. The 2nd player will win the seed together with any progressive amount possibly accumulated in the time between the winning of the Progressive Jackpot by the 1st and the 2nd player.
  • Imperfections in the Internet connectivity may cause you to experience delays in Jackpot messages or updates, but they do not affect actual Jackpot wins.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

Coliseum Bonus

The Coliseum Bonus round is triggered when three or more Scatter symbols appear in any position on the reels. To start the Coliseum Bonus round, click Start.

The Coliseum Bonus round includes a grid of four rows and five columns. Starting from the bottom row, the player picks one stone at a time from the rows to win a prize.
Stones picked from the first row determine the number of Free Games. Each pick may award 4, 5, 7, 10, or 12 Free Games.
Stones picked from the second row reveal the win multiplier to be used during the Free Games. Each pick may award a multiplier of x1, x2, or x3.
Stones picked from the third row reveal an Extra Scatter symbol to be used during the Free Games.
Stones picked from the fourth row reveal an Extra Wild symbol to be used during the Free Games.

Extra Wild can be one of the five theme symbols (characters from the movie Gladiator) only.

Extra Scatter can be one of the theme symbols except and or one of the royals symbols (A, K, Q, J, 10, 9).

Extra Wild and Extra Scatter appear just as the original symbol but act as Wild or Scatter symbol respectively.

When a stone is picked, one of the following occurs:

  • The next pick is made from the row above.
  • An extra pick is given in the currently active row (applies only for the first and second row).
  • The whole column is automatically opened.
  • The selected stone reveals a Collect item – the bonus round ends and the Free Games start.

The win multiplier applies to all line wins and Scatter and Extra Scatter wins during the Free Games.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Coliseum Bonus. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game Win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the Free Games. Feature Win shows the winnings that were received during the Free Games. Total Win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the main game. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize.

During the Free Games, the Coliseum Bonus round cannot be retriggered. However, if appears on reel 3 during the Free Games, 3 extra Free Games are added to the remaining ones. The win multiplier, Extra Wild and Extra Scatter symbols do not change.

During the Free Games, the Gladiator Jackpot Bonus round can occur. Note that Extra Wild does not substitute the Wild symbol towards the Gladiator Jackpot Bonus round. In addition, the Free Games win multiplier does not apply on the Gladiator Jackpot Bonus round prizes.

During the Free Games, the Wild and Extra Wild substitute for all symbols, except Scatter and Extra Scatter. Wild also substitutes for the Extra Wild theme symbol. Note that Extra Wild can still win according to the payout of the original symbol when the symbols appear on an active payline. This is paid out if the win amount from the Extra Wild is larger than the win from the regular symbol (by Extra Wild standing in).

The Extra Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are three or more Extra Scatter symbols in the Free Game results, an additional win is earned and added to payline winnings. The Extra Scatter wins according to the payout of the original symbol, but the payout is multiplied by the total bet.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 91.46%, including the average Progressive Jackpot contribution of 1.00%.

Gamble

A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try and increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings to double them by clicking Red or Black button. Double To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank, if you win.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, you have to guess whether the next card that is going to be revealed is red or black. If your guess is correct, you win. If your guess is wrong, you lose your bet and the Gamble feature ends.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Gamble feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Gamble feature.

Click Collect to add your winnings from the Bank to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Gamble button is disabled during Free Games and while the Auto Start is active.

Funky Fruits slot

Funky Fruits

Chain Reactor Game

The objective of Funky Fruits is to obtain matching combinations of 5 or more vertically and/or horizontally adjacent symbols of the same kind to win a multiplier for the player’s bet. There are 6 symbols to play with: Cherry (Jackpot symbol), Lemon, Orange, Pineapple, Plum and Watermelon. The more symbols participate in the winning combination, the bigger the payout. 16 or more Lemon symbols will win the player up to 5,000 times his bet. Once a winning combination occurs and is paid, it explodes thus enabling more symbols to drop down and form new combinations.

To play the game:

  • Select your bet per the game by clicking + and – adjacent to the Bet field. Note that balance is deducted by the bet amount upon entering the game. There are 4 fixed bet values that you can possibly choose from.
  • Click Play at the bottom right corner of the game window to play the game.
  • You can also play using the Auto Play function. Use the + and – buttons at the sides of the Auto Play field to select the number of games to be played consecutively. The Play button changes into Stop during the game play. The active Auto Play session can be stopped by clicking the Stop button.
    Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.
  • The Win field displays the amount you have won in case of a winning combination.
  • The Jackpot field displays the currently accumulated Jackpot sum according to the player’s bet.

To play the game:

  • Clicking Info opens a Paytable screen listing all winning combinations and their respective payouts. Clicking the Rules button at the bottom of the page opens a screen describing the game rules. Clicking OK sends you back to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Game Max Win Capping:

The maximum paytable prize applies to a single screen without any additional wins.

The maximum prize per single bet applies to the maximum prize achieved by any win combination in a maximum of 100 consecutive screens.

Funky Fruits Progressive Jackpot

A winning combination of 8 to 25 Cherry symbols win the Jackpot, while the relative percentage of the Jackpot win is determined by the size of the player’s bet:

€1.00 bet wins 10% of the progressive jackpot.
€2.00 bet wins 20% of the progressive jackpot.
€5.00 bet wins 50% of the progressive jackpot.
€10.00 bet wins 100% of the progressive jackpot.

The full jackpot can only be won if the player places the maximum possible bet in the game.

1% of each player’s bet in all Funky Fruits games played online in all online casinos, is added to the progressive jackpot in the following way: 0.5% will go towards the seed and 0.5% to the increment of the current jackpot. When the seed reaches 10,000 times the maximum possible total bet (configured by the casino operator), the percentage of the players’ bets stops feeding the seed and goes directly to the progressive part.

The Jackpot ticker field is constantly updated according to the current player’s bet.

If two or more players win the jackpot at the same time, the wins are distributed as follows:

Player 1 places a bet that makes him eligible to win the progressive jackpot.
Players 2, 3, etc. will then only win the seed as the progressive part has already been won by Player 1.

If the game is terminated while winning the jackpot, a screen summarizing the jackpot winnings will be shown upon resuming the game. More information can be found in the Note on disconnections section at the bottom of this page.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 93.98%.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Fruitmania slot

Fruitmania

5-Reel Slots with a Progressive Jackpot

The object of Fruitmania is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Click Bet One or BetMax to select the number of paylines you wish to bet on. Each payline costs 25¢. Each click on the Bet One button activates one more payline, meaning that symbol combinations along that payline will count. You can select the number of active paylines by clicking on the line numbers to the left or right of the reels. Clicking, for example, payline 5 also activates paylines 1-4. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on one game round) is number of active lines multiplied by 25¢. Pressing Bet Max increases the number of paylines to the maximum amount possible – that is five lines – and spins the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along an activated payline), you win according to the winning table (click Paytable to see the winning table).

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

About the paytables:

The tables show a certain number for every hit amount for every symbol. If you have four symbols in a row starting on the leftmost reel (that is four hits), read the number on the line “XXXX” and in the column under that symbol. Multiply your line bet by that number and you get the winning amount. If you have winning combinations on multiple lines, add them all up to get the winning amount. The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost reel, to qualify as hits.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

Scatter:

The Cocktail glass in the lower left part of the winnings table is a scatter symbol – if you get three or more cocktail glasses on the screen simultaneously, you win the corresponding amount, whether they lie on any paylines or not. The scatter payout is multiplied by the total bet.

Progressive Jackpot:

Jackpot Fund

The progressive jackpot fund is composed of two parts – the seed and the progressive pot. The jackpot fund begins at the seed value, which is the guaranteed minimum amount of prize money contributed by the casinos. This ensures that even if you get a jackpot result in the game right after someone else has won the jackpot, you will still get a large win.

The rest of the jackpot amount comes from a progressive share, which is accumulated over time based on the bets that are made within the game. A small amount of money is added into the progressive pot for each bet that is made in the game by the players, in each of the casinos offering it, equal to a percentage of that bet (called the contribution rate).

Please note:

  • The mechanics of the game prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings. If two players win the jackpot in close succession, the first player will be awarded the seed and the progressive pot, and the second player will win the seed together with any possible progressive share that has accumulated between the two wins.
  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 5 000 x coin size
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 1%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Five cherry symbols on the 5 th payline.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play for max bet.

Bonus Game:

Fruitmania contains a Bonus Game. To access the bonus game, you have to collect three or more suns on an activated payline. The suns have to lay consecutively, starting from the leftmost reel. In the bonus game, choose one fruit from each row. You win a bonus amount, the size of which depends on your choice.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 96.76%.

Forest of wonders slot

Forest Of Wonders

5-Reel 25-line Slots

The object of Forest Of Wonders is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the colored buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not click Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the paytable. You can click the Paytable button to view the paytable. Close the pay table by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Select Lines button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The winning combination must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be in a row.

The Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol (except Scatter and Bonus), to form the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline in order to be considered as a winning combination; if there are three or more of them anywhere on the game screen, you get free spins (no money is deducted from your balance for them). Click on one of the Scatter symbols to collect your free spins – each symbol is worth a different number of them. You can win more free spins during a free spin.

Bonus symbol

If you get 3 or more Bonus symbols on an active payline, you are taken to the bonus round. There you can pick three mushrooms (out of 12). Each mushroom is worth a different amount. You can then cash out your bonus bank, or trade the sum of the prizes for another three picks. You can do this again, for a maximum of four attempts.

If you get more than three Bonus symbols on an active payline, the payout increases. Four symbols mean that all prizes are multiplied by 3. Five symbols mean that all prizes are multiplied by 10. The bonus symbols must be consecutive, but do not have to start from the leftmost reel.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually, or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected set of numbers, click on any of the currently unselected numbers to start over. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of squares at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will be displayed in the row of empty circles. If any of the numbers match your selection, the squares containing them will change color and your win amount will be displayed. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10,000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 95.51%.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Football Rules slot

Football Rules!

5-Reel 25-line Slots

The object of Football Rules! is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the colored buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not click Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the paytable. You can click the Paytable button to view the paytable. Close the paytable by clicking the Back button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Select Lines button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The winning combination must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be in a row.

The Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol (except Scatter and Bonus), to form the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline if the symbols appear on adjacent reels.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline in order to be considered as a winning combination; if there are three or more of them anywhere on the game screen, you get an additional win. The payout for scatter symbols is multiplied by your total bet.

Bonus symbol

When you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels, you are taken to the bonus round. There you get to choose the amount of free spins you get and your win multiplier for those spins. The number of free spins ranges from 3 to 20 and the multiplier from 2 to 10.

If you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels during a free spin, you are not taken to the bonus round – instead the game randomly selects one of the possible outcomes of the bonus round and adds the corresponding amount of free spins to the existing ones. Your win multiplier does not change.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually, or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected set of numbers, click on any of the currently unselected numbers to start over. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of squares at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will be displayed in the row of empty circles. If any of the numbers match your selection, the squares containing them will change color and your win amount will be displayed. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10,000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 97.06%.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Esmerelda slot

Esmeralda

5-reel 25-line slots

The objective of Esmeralda is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Line bets are chosen by clicking + and – below Line Bet to increase or decrease the amount.
  • Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking + and – below Lines. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the currently selected bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin results.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.
    Mouse over the Auto Play button to display the list of options. Select the number of spins to be played automatically. Clicking on an option starts the Auto Play function. The Auto Play button changes into Stop during the Auto Play mode. The Auto Play mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when you click Stop.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on or off the Turbo Mode thus turning on or off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster or slower.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulated winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the strip located at the bottom of the reels or the game window.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the bottom of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the awarded multiplier is highlighted and blinks.
    • The Jackpot screen explains the rules of the Progressive Jackpot, describes how the Jackpot is triggered and how to qualify for the Jackpot.
    • The Double screen describes how to try doubling winnings and describes the doubling-up rules.
    • The Paylines screen illustrates all possible payline combinations and explains the payout rules.
  • Clicking Exit exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are accumulated.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild Symbol

The Wild symbol appears anywhere on reels. During the main game, it can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination. During the Free Games, also substitutes for . There is also a separate payout for three or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as shown in the paytable.

Five Wild symbols on an active payline trigger the Progressive Jackpot if qualified or pay the max win according to the paytable if the player does not qualify for the Jackpot. More information about the Progressive Jackpot can be found below.

Scatter Symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. 5, 6 or 7 Scatter symbols anywhere on reels pay winnings multiplied by 2x total bet.

8 to 15 Scatter symbols appearing simultaneously anywhere on the reels during the main game trigger 15, 17, 19, 20, 22, 25, 35 or 70 Free Games respectively and pay separately; the winnings are multiplied by the total bet as described in the paytable.

Progressive Jackpot

One of the possible wins is the progressive jackpot. In this game, a player is qualified to win the Progressive Jackpot if playing with maximum number of active paylines (25) and betting with any of the four highest possible coin sizes. The progressive jackpot is won upon getting 5 Wild symbols on an active payline. There are four different progressive pots and four seed pots, one for each coin size respectively. Players only contribute to the pots they are qualified to win.

Jackpot Fund

The progressive jackpot fund is composed of two parts – the seed and the progressive pot. The jackpot fund begins at the seed value, which is the guaranteed minimum amount of prize money contributed by the casinos. This ensures that even if you get a jackpot result in the game right after someone else has won the jackpot, you will still get a large win.

The rest of the jackpot amount comes from a progressive share, which is accumulated over time based on the bets that are made within the game. A small amount of money is added into the progressive pot for each bet that is made in the game by the players, in each of the casinos offering it, equal to a percentage of that bet (called the contribution rate).

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Please note:

  • The mechanics of the game prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings. If two players win the jackpot in close succession, the first player will be awarded the seed and the progressive pot, and the second player will win the seed together with any possible progressive share that has accumulated between the two wins.
  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 25,000 x line bet
Contribution rate (how much money is added to the Jackpot for each bet, in relation to the bet size): 1.7% (on average 1.4% to progressive pot and 0.3% to seed pot)
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): 5 Wild symbols on an active payline.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play Esmeralda slot game with maximum number of active paylines and four highest coin sizes.

Free Games

15, 17, 19, 20, 22, 25, 35 or 70 Free Games are triggered by the appearance of 8 to 15 respectively during the main game. To start the Free Games, click on Click to Start.

Three to five symbols anywhere on reels during the Free Games pay according to the paytable. Five Wild symbols on an active payline trigger the Progressive Jackpot if qualified or pay the max win according to the paytable if the player does not qualify for the Jackpot.

Five to seven symbols, including symbols substituting for Scatter symbols anywhere on reels during the Free Games, pay according to the paytable. Eight or more symbols, including symbols substituting for Scatter symbols, add more Free Games as described above. More Free Games can be won this way infinitely.

During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Games round. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings and states the number of Free Games played. The Feature Win field shows the winnings that were received during the Free Games. Clicking on the board will return you to the main game.

When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize. Free Game wins are added to the payline and Scatter symbol wins.

If the Free Games that follow have been triggered during the Auto Play mode, the Free Games round begins after the player clicks on Click to Start. When all Free Games have been played and the player clicks on the screen summarizing the Free Games win, the Auto Play mode resumes. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the full prize.

Double

A win activates the Double button which, when clicked, starts the Double feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try to increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings by clicking the Double button. The Double To field shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank if you win.
You can also choose to bet only half of your current winnings (by clicking Double Half) and keep the other half in the Bank. The Double Half To field shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank (includes the amount that remained in the Bank) if you win.
The Bet field will show your bet in the Double round.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, the dealer’s card is revealed on the left-hand side of the screen and you have to pick a card from the remaining face-down cards. If you pick a card with a higher ranking than the dealer’s card, you win. If your card is equal in ranking, the bet is returned. If your card is lower in ranking than the dealer’s card, you lose your bet and the Double feature ends.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Double feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Double feature.

Click Collect to add your winnings from the Bank to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Double button is disabled during the Free Games and while the Auto Play mode is active.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 91.73% + 1.7% when qualified for the Progressive Jackpot and 91.83% when not qualified for the Progressive Jackpot.

Dr Lovemore slot

Dr Lovemore

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The object of Dr Lovemore is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. The numbers on the buttons on both side of the reels indicate the number of coins that are currently bet on one payline. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the coloured buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Back button. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Select Lines button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The winning combination must occur from left to right, otherwise it is not paid.

The Wild symbol can stand for any other (except Scatter and Bonus), to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline if the symbols appear on adjacent reels.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are two or more of them on the game field, you get an additional win. The payout for scatter symbols is multiplied by your total bet.

Bonus symbol

If Bonus symbols occur on the first and last reels, you get 20 free spins. You can get more free spins on a free spin.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually, or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected set of numbers, click on any of the currently unselected numbers to start over. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of squares at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will be displayed in the row of empty circles. If any of the numbers match your selection, the squares containing them will change color and your win amount will be displayed. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10,000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 97.01%.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Dirty Dancing slot

Dirty Dancing®

5-reel 40-line Slot

The objective of Dirty Dancing® is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Line bets are chosen by clicking + and – below Line Bet to increase or decrease the amount.
  • The Dirty Dancing® game is always played with 40 active paylines. The number of active paylines is fixed and cannot be changed.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the currently selected line bet. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation early and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.
    Mouse over the Auto Play button to display the list of options. Select the number of spins to be played automatically. Clicking on an option starts the Auto Play function. The Auto Play button changes into Stop during the Auto Play mode. The Auto Play mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when you click Stop.
  • Clicking the Turbo Mode button switches on or off the Turbo Mode thus turning on or off some of the win animations and sounds, and making the reels spin faster or slower. When Turbo Mode is active, the button changes to Turbo On. Clicking Turbo On ends Turbo Mode and resumes the normal game.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays. Simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In the case of a winning spin the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the strip located at the bottom of the reels or the game window.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When the Paytable is opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Mambo Free Games screen describes the rules of the Mambo Free Games round.
    • The Dirty Dancing Bonus screen describes how you can win a cash prize or entry to the Dirty Dancing Jackpot Game.
    • The Dirty Dancing Jackpot Game screen explains how you can win either of the two Progressive Jackpots in the game.
    • The Whirling Wilds screen describes what the Whirling Wilds feature is and how it is triggered.
    • The Paylines screen illustrates all possible payline combinations and explains the payout rules in the game.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are illustrated on the Paylines screen of the Info page. In the Info page active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels.
  • All 40 active paylines can register wins. In the case of a winning spin the numbers of the winning paylines are displayed on the left or right side of the reels.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel and the symbols have to be consecutive.
  • If more than one payline winning combination occurs on the same line, the highest of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are accumulated.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild Symbol

The Wild symbol appears on all reels, both during the main game and the Mambo Free Games round. More information about the Mambo Free Games round can be found here.

can stand for any other symbol, except , to make the best possible winning combination.

There is also a separate payout for 2 or more on an active payline, as seen in the paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from the Wild symbols is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by Wild standing in).

Scatter Symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline and appear during both the main game and the Mambo Free Games round. More information about the Mambo Free Games round can be found here.

If 3 or more appear in any positions on the reels then the payout earned is multiplied by the total bet and added to payline winnings.

Dancing Wild

The Dancing Wild symbol only appears during the Mambo Free Games round, and only if it has been won during the preceding Wheel Bonus round. The Dancing Wild symbol is stacked on all reels. It appears as 1 long image that occupies 4 positions on the same reel and acts as 4 separate Wild symbols. Each reel position covered by a Dancing Wild symbol, including any position with a Scatter symbol, counts and pays according to the payout of the Wild symbol if participating in a winning combination.

When it has been triggered, the Dancing Wild symbol stays on the reels for every Mambo Free Games spin and changes its position at random on each spin. More information about the Mambo Free Games round can be found here.

Whirling Wilds

Whirling Wilds is an on-reel feature that is randomly triggered. The feature is active only for the duration of the spin that triggered it and is available only during the main game. The Whirling Wilds feature cannot be re-triggered during the same spin.

When the Whirling Wilds feature is triggered, Johnny and Baby start dancing onscreen and distribute 2 to 6 additional Wild symbols randomly on the spinning reels. The Wild symbols can replace all symbols, including Scatter symbols, for the current main game spin. If Wild symbols land on Scatter symbols, these same positions will participate in winning combinations for both Scatter and payline wins (by the Wild symbol standing in).

When Johnny and Baby disappear, the spin stops, wins are displayed in the Win field, and the Whirling Wilds feature ends.

Wheel Bonus and Mambo Free Games

The Mambo Free Games feature can be randomly triggered on any main game spin. A message will appear describing the Mambo Free Games rules.

Note: the Mambo Free Games feature cannot be re-triggered during Free Games.

To start the feature, click on Continue. The Wheel Bonus will appear. Clicking Spin starts the Wheel Bonus rotation. When the Wheel Bonus stops rotating, the Wheel Bonus arrow falls on a winning segment which awards 1 of the 3 outcomes:

  1. 3, 4 or 5 Free Games
  2. Multiplier x2
  3. Dancing Wild

The prizes won are displayed in the respective fields above the Wheel Bonus:

  1. The Free Games field displays the total number of Free Games won. The number of Free Games won is accumulated throughout the Wheel Bonus round.
  2. The Multiplier field displays the size of the multiplier won, if any. The multiplier is applied to the winnings of every Mambo Free Games spin.
  3. The Dancing Wild field blinks once when a Dancing Wild is won. More information on the Dancing Wild symbol can be found here.

Each winning segment turns into a Collect segment. Continue clicking Spin until the Wheel Bonus arrow falls on a Collect segment. 2 additional Free Games are awarded and the Mambo Free Games round begins.

A message will appear displaying the Wheel Bonus rewards that will be applied to the Mambo Free Games round: the number of Free Games, the size of the multiplier, and the Dancing Wild feature, if it is won. To start the Free Games, click on Continue. After a short pause, the Free Games round begins automatically.

During the Mambo Free Games round, the reels are spun automatically using the same line bet as on the spin that won the Mambo Free Games round. After each spin the win is displayed in the Win field. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the win amount immediately. The Free Games Win field at the top right-hand corner of the reels shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games round. The number of remaining Free Games is displayed above the reels.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings.

If the main game spin that triggered the Mambo Free Games round contained one or more winning symbol combinations then the Game Win field shows your main game spin win, the Feature Win field shows the winnings from the Mambo Free Games feature, and your total winnings are the accumulated sum displayed in the Total Win field.

If the main game spin that triggered the Mambo Free Games round did not contain a winning symbol combination then the winnings from the Mambo Free Games round will be displayed in the Total Win field.

Clicking Continue will return you to the main game. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the total winnings. Free Games wins are added to the payline and Scatter wins.

If the Free Games feature was triggered during Auto Play mode then the Free Games round begins after you click on Continue. When all Free Games have been played and you click Continue on the screen summarizing the Free Games win, the Auto Play mode resumes.

Dirty Dancing Bonus

The Dirty Dancing Bonus feature is randomly triggered and available only during the main game. A message will appear describing the Dirty Dancing Bonus rules and how you can trigger the Dirty Dancing Jackpot Game.

To start the Dirty Dancing Bonus feature, click on Continue. After a short pause, the Dirty Dancing Bonus screen will appear.

The Dirty Dancing Bonus round has 6 levels. Reach and complete Level 6 in order to trigger the Dirty Dancing Jackpot Game.

For each level pick 4 Dirty Dancing boxes out of 9. Each selected box reveals an object or a cash prize. An additional pick is awarded for every object you collect.

Collect the set of 3 winning objects for that level to progress to the next level (records, radios, shoes, cars, hearts, or diamonds). The objects you have collected are displayed on the level grid on the right-hand side of the screen. Your current level is highlighted and displays the three required objects and cash prize to be won for completing that level. If you collect 3 objects of the same type, you win the level cash prize and move up to the next level. A video of Johnny and Baby plays when you collect 3 winning objects. The video can be skipped by clicking on it.

The following table shows how level prizes are formed:

Level Number Level Prize
1 4 x Total Bet
2 7 x Total Bet
3 10 x Total Bet
4 13 x Total Bet
5 20 x Total Bet
6 The Dirty Dancing Jackpot Game triggers

The Picks Left field shows the number of picks left for the current Dirty Dancing Bonus level. The Total Win field shows the accumulated sum of all cash prizes won throughout the current Dirty Dancing Bonus round.

If you do not collect 3 identical objects during a level, the Dirty Dancing Bonus round ends.

After the Dirty Dancing Bonus round has ended a results board will summarize your winnings.

If the main game spin that triggered the Dirty Dancing Bonus contained one or more winning symbol combinations then the Game Win field shows your main game spin win, the Feature Win field shows the winnings from the Dirty Dancing Bonus feature, and your total winnings are the accumulated sum displayed in the Total Win field.

If the main game spin that triggered the Dirty Dancing Bonus did not contain a winning symbol combination then the winnings from the Dirty Dancing Bonus feature will be displayed in the Total Win field.

When you click Continue, you will be automatically directed back to the main game reels. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the total winnings. The Dirty Dancing Bonus wins are added to the payline and Scatter wins.

If you complete Level 6, you trigger the Dirty Dancing Jackpot Game feature. More information on the Dirty Dancing Jackpot Game feature can be found here.

If the Dirty Dancing Bonus feature was triggered during Auto Play mode then the Dirty Dancing Bonus round begins after you click on Continue. When the Dirty Dancing Bonus ends the Auto Play mode resumes.

Dirty Dancing Jackpot Game

The Dirty Dancing Jackpot Game feature is triggered when you complete Level 6 of the Dirty Dancing Bonus round.

There are two Progressive Jackpots in the Dirty Dancing Jackpot Game: the Johnny Jackpot and the Baby Jackpot. The amount of money in each jackpot is displayed beside the corresponding Johnny Jackpot or Baby Jackpot ticker on top of the main game screen, and at the top of the Dirty Dancing Jackpot Game screen.

The Dirty Dancing Jackpot Game starts automatically. Pick Dirty Dancing boxes until you collect 3 Johnny or 3 Baby symbols, and win the corresponding progressive jackpot. The number of collected symbols is displayed in the Johnny Jackpot and Baby Jackpot symbol counters at the top of the screen.

Note:

  • The Dirty Dancing Jackpot Game can only be triggered during the Dirty Dancing Bonus round.
  • The game will perform random picks for you if you do not complete your selection of Dirty Dancing boxes within 30 seconds.
  • If 2 players win the same Progressive Jackpot at the same time then the 1st player will be awarded the seed and the progressive part. The 2nd player will win the seed together with any progressive amount possibly accumulated in the time between the winning of the Progressive Jackpot by the 1st and the 2nd player.
  • Imperfections in the Internet connectivity may cause you to experience delays in Jackpot messages or updates, but they do not affect actual Jackpot wins.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.
Seed (how much money each Progressive Jackpot starts with): Johnny Jackpot: EUR 2,000
Baby Jackpot: EUR 200
Average contribution rate (what average percentage of each total bet goes into the Progressive Jackpots pot): 1.00% (the average seed pot contribution is 0.2% and the average progressive jackpots contribution is 0.8%)
Win condition (the result you have to get to win a Progressive Jackpot): Collect 3 Diamond symbols in Level 6 of the Dirty Dancing Bonus round
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for a Progressive Jackpot): Play the Dirty Dancing® game

When you win either of the two Progressive Jackpots the Dirty Dancing Jackpot Game feature ends. A win screen displays your winnings. The Jackpot win shows the Jackpot name and your wins from the Dirty Dancing Jackpot Game round, and Bonus Win shows the accumulated sum from the Dirty Dancing Bonus round (Level 6 prize and bonus cash prizes added up).

Click Continue to return to the main game reels. When returning to the main game, clicking anywhere on the screen stops the win ticker and displays the total winnings. The Dirty Dancing Bonus and Dirty Dancing Jackpot Game wins are added to the payline and Scatter wins.

Return to Player

The minimum theoretical return to player (RTP) percentage is 93.49% and the maximum theoretical return to player (RTP) percentage that includes the Jackpot contribution is 94.49%.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Diamond Valley slot

Diamond Valley

5-Reel Slots with a Progressive Jackpot

The object of Diamond Valley is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Select the number of paylines you want to bet on by clicking on the Bet One button or the line numbers to the left or right of the reels. When you click on payline number 3 for example, you also select paylines 1 and 2. Each click on the Bet One button selects one more payline. Click Bet Max or line number 5 to select all paylines. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is line bet multiplied by the number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max will also spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along an activated payline), you win according to the winning table (click Paytable to see the winning table).

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About the winning tables:

The tables show a certain number for every hit amount for every symbol. If you have four symbols in a row starting on the leftmost reel (that is four hits), read the number on the line “XXXX” and in the column under that symbol. That number is the winning amount. If you have winning combinations on multiple lines, add them all up to get the total winning amount. The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost reel, to qualify as hits.

The red gem in the lower left part of the winnings table is a scatter symbol – if you get three or more red gems on the screen simultaneously, you win the corresponding amount, whether the gems lie on any paylines or not.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

Jackpot Fund

The progressive jackpot fund is composed of two parts – the seed and the progressive pot. The jackpot fund begins at the seed value, which is the guaranteed minimum amount of prize money contributed by the casinos. This ensures that even if you get a jackpot result in the game right after someone else has won the jackpot, you will still get a large win.

The rest of the jackpot amount comes from a progressive share, which is accumulated over time based on the bets that are made within the game. A small amount of money is added into the progressive pot for each bet that is made in the game by the players, in each of the casinos offering it, equal to a percentage of that bet (called the contribution rate).

Please note:

  • The mechanics of the game prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings. If two players win the jackpot in close succession, the first player will be awarded the seed and the progressive pot, and the second player will win the seed together with any possible progressive share that has accumulated between the two wins.
  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 5 000 x coin size
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 1%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): 5 diamond symbols on the 5 th payline.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play for max bet.

Bonus Game:

Diamond Valley contains a Bonus Game. To access the bonus game, you have to collect three or more hand symbols on an activated payline. The hand symbols have to lay consecutively, starting from the leftmost reel. In the bonus game, choose one person to rescue from the pit, then choose your reward.

Scatter symbol:

The Red Gem is a scatter symbol. When you get 3 to 5 of these symbols on the screen, you are paid according to the table shown on the winnings table (scatter win is calculated by multiplying the number on the respective row of the scatter paytable with your TOTAL bet, not just the line bet).

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 97.16%.

Desert Treasure slot

Desert Treasure

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The object of Desert Treasure is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. The numbers on the buttons on both side of the reels indicate the number of coins that are currently bet on one payline. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the coloured buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Select Lines button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The winning combination must occur from left to right, otherwise it is not paid.

The Wild symbol can stand for any other (except Scatter and Bonus), to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are two or more of them on the game field, you get an additional win. The payout for scatter symbols is multiplied by your total bet.

If you get three or more scatter symbols, you get 10 free spins (no money is deducted from your balance for them). During free spins, all wins (except the bonus round) are tripled. You can win more free spins on a free spin.

Bonus symbol

When you get three or more Bonus symbols on an active payline, you are taken to the Bonus round. There, you get to choose as many prizes as you had bonus symbols. Each prize has a different payout. Bonus payouts are multiplied by the line bet.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually, or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected set of numbers, click on any of the currently unselected numbers to start over. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of squares at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will be displayed in the row of empty circles. If any of the numbers match your selection, the squares containing them will change color and your win amount will be displayed. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10,000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 97.05%.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Deal or no deal slot

Deal or No Deal International & Deal or No Deal UK

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The objective of Deal or No Deal International is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line arrow buttons to increase or decrease the amount.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines arrow buttons. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the currently selected bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total stake per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Note that you must first set the Autoplay limitations. Click here for more information.
    Clicking the arrow buttons above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Paytable button. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are accumulated.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Paid field displays the accumulating winnings. The Paid ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen to display the total win amount immediately.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the strip located at the bottom of the reels.

Info page:

  • Clicking Paytable opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Rules and Paylines screen describes the general rules of the game and illustrates all possible payline combinations.
    • The Scatter Symbol screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to enter the Jackpot Bonus game and describes the Jackpot Bonus game rules.
    • The Bonus Features screen describes the Reel Banker Bonus and the Banker’s Best Offer Bonus game rules.
    • The Wild Symbol, Progressive Jackpot and High Payouts screen explains the Wild symbol behavior, the Progressive Jackpot prizes and the winning combinations that pay most.
    • The Other Payouts screen shows the rest of winning combinations and their payout.
  • Clicking Close exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines arrow buttons.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Other Payouts screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are accumulated.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

Wild symbol

The Wild symbol in the game is the symbol. It can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination. When one or more Wild symbols substitute in a win, the highest win is paid out. Wild substituting in a winning combination doubles the prize.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. Three or more Scatter symbols anywhere on the reels simultaneously, trigger any of the three possible Bonus features.

Bonus Features

Three or four Scatters anywhere on the reels simultaneously, trigger the Reel Banker Bonus game. Three or four Scatters anywhere on the reels simultaneously, trigger the Banker’s Best Offer Bonus game.
Three, four or five Scatters always trigger the Jackpot Bonus game.

Reel Banker Bonus

When the Reel Banker Bonus is triggered, a short message appears explaining the rules of the game. To start the Bonus round, click on Play.

In the Reel Banker Bonus, continuous Free Games are played, ending whenever the Banker symbol lands on reel # 3. All wins during the Free Games are doubled. The number of paylines and stake bet are the same as on the spin that triggered the feature. No other Bonus games can be triggered during the Reel Banker Bonus.

At the end of the Bonus round, a win screen displays your winnings. After a short pause, you go back to the regular slot reels.

If the Reel Banker Bonus is triggered during the Auto Start mode, the feature begins after the player clicks on Play. When all Free Games have been played, the player is automatically taken to the regular slot reels and the Auto Start mode resumes.

Banker’s Best Offer Bonus

When the Banker’s Best Offer Bonus is triggered, a short message appears explaining the rules of the game. To start the Bonus round, click on Play.

In the Banker’s Best Offer Bonus, the banker offers you 10 different cash amounts, one by one. Pick the amount you think is the best offer, by clicking the Deal button. To refuse an amount, click the No Deal button.

Once an offer has been declined, it cannot be re-claimed. If you decline all of the offers, you will be awarded the prize of the last, 10th offer.

At the end of the Bonus round, a win screen displays your winnings. After a short pause, you go back to the regular slot reels.

Progressive Jackpots

The Progressive Jackpot prizes are the top prizes in the Deal or No Deal – Jackpot Bonus game when playing at 20 lines. There are 3 levels of Progressive Jackpots that can be won – Safe 1, Safe 2 and Safe 3, depending on the stake per line of the spin that triggered the Bonus.

If you are playing for less than 20 lines, the Progressive Jackpots are not available.

Deal or No Deal – the Jackpot Bonus

When the Deal or No Deal – Jackpot Bonus game is triggered, a short message appears explaining the rules of the game. To start the Bonus round, click on Play.

The slot reels slide away and reveal a studio with 26 cases. You are prompted to choose your Lucky case, which is saved for you on the table. Then the game starts with opening 6 cases, one by one. The phone rings and the banker makes an offer. The player has the option to choose Deal and accept the offer, which ends the Bonus or No Deal to decline the offer and continue playing.

The amounts offered by the banker do not contain the jackpot value but an average value of all possible amounts that can be offered during the bonus round.
The value of the jackpot may be updated during the game because another player has already won the jackpot in the meantime. In this case, the jackpot amount decreases but cannot fall below a guaranteed minimum value.

If the offer is rejected, 5 more cases are opened and another deal is offered. If the player accepts the deal, the amount is won and the feature ends. If the player declines the deal, another 5 cases are opened. If accepting the next offer, the amount is won and the Bonus is over. If not, 4 more cases are opened. Again, the deal can be accepted and the Bonus is over, or 4 more cases should be opened. If the last deal is declined, only one case remains on the table.
The player can either accept the last deal or choose the last case on the shelf. If the last case is chosen, the bank offers to swap the case on the shelf with the case on the table. The player chooses Deal to swap cases or No Deal to reveal the contents of the last case on the shelf, which becomes his prize.

The Progressive Jackpot works as follows:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts with): Safe 1: € 10,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies)
Safe 2: € 50,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies)
Safe 3: € 100,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies)
Average contribution rate (what average percentage of each maximum total bet goes into the Progressive Jackpot): 0.5% (the average progressive jackpot contribution is 0.5%)

Note:

  • If 2 players win the same Progressive Jackpot at the same time then the 1st player will be awarded the seed and the progressive part. The 2nd player will win the seed together with any progressive amount possibly accumulated in the time between the winning of the Progressive Jackpot by the 1st and the 2nd player.
  • Imperfections in the Internet connectivity may cause you to experience delays in Jackpot messages or updates, but they do not affect actual Jackpot wins.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

At the end of the Bonus round, a win screen displays your winnings. After a short pause, you go back to the regular slot reels.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Return to Player

The minimum theoretical return to player (RTP) percentage is 94.56% and the maximum theoretical return to player (RTP) percentage that includes the Jackpot contribution is 95.06%.

Cinerama progressive jackpot slot

Cinerama

5-Reel Slots with a Progressive Jackpot

The object of Cinerama is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels. The better your symbol combination, the bigger the payout.

To play the game:

  • Select the number of paylines you want to activate (in other words, to bet on) by clicking on the Bet One button or the payline number left or right of the reels. When you click on payline number 3 for example, you also activate paylines 1 and 2. Each click on the Bet One buttons activates one more payline. Click Bet Max or payline number 5 to select all paylines. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is line bet x number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max will also spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along an activated payline), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

The Bonus Round 1 symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about Bonus Round symbols below.

About the Paytable:

The tables show a win multiplier for every hit amount for every symbol. For example, if you have four Spotlight symbols in a row on an activated payline, starting on the leftmost reel, you have four hits. Read the number on the line “4x” next to that symbol. Multiply that symbol by your line bet to get your win amount. If you have winning combinations on more than one line, add them all up to get the total win amount. The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost reel, to qualify as hits.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

Bonus Rounds:

The Director and Headphone symbols are bonus symbols. These symbols do not grant you any winnings, but they enable you to enter the Bonus Round. There is two bonus rounds in Cinerama. For Bonus Round 1, you need to get the Headphone symbol anywhere on the first reel. It does not matter if it is on an activated payline or not.

For Bonus Round 2, you need to get three consecutive Director symbols on an activated payline, starting from the leftmost reel.

When you enter a bonus round, follow the instructions on the screen. You will be paid a prize according to the choice(s) you make.

Progressive Jackpot, Scatter and Wild symbols

Jackpot Fund

The progressive jackpot fund is composed of two parts – the seed and the progressive pot. The jackpot fund begins at the seed value, which is the guaranteed minimum amount of prize money contributed by the casinos. This ensures that even if you get a jackpot result in the game right after someone else has won the jackpot, you will still get a large win.

The rest of the jackpot amount comes from a progressive share, which is accumulated over time based on the bets that are made within the game. A small amount of money is added into the progressive pot for each bet that is made in the game by the players, in each of the casinos offering it, equal to a percentage of that bet (called the contribution rate).

Please note:

  • The mechanics of the game prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings. If two players win the jackpot in close succession, the first player will be awarded the seed and the progressive pot, and the second player will win the seed together with any possible progressive share that has accumulated between the two wins.
  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 300 000 x coin size
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 1%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Five wild symbols on an active payline.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play for max bet.

The Camera symbol is also a wild symbol – meaning it stands for any other symbol, except the Director and Headphone symbols, and forms winning combinations in a way most profitable for the player.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 96.94%.

Captains Treasure jackpot slot

Captain’s Treasure

5-Reel Multiline Slots

The object of Captain’s Treasure is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the amount you wish to bet on each payline, by clicking on the + and buttons on the bottom of the screen.
  • Select the number of paylines you want to bet on by clicking on the Bet One button or the line numbers to the left or right of the reels. When you click on line number 3 for example, you also select lines 1 and 2. Each click on the Bet One button selects one more line. Click Bet Max or line number 9 to select all paylines. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is the line bet multiplied by the number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max will also spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the paytable. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About the paytable:

The paytable shows a value for every hit amount for each symbol. For example, if you have four consecutive symbols starting on the leftmost or rightmost reel (that is four hits), the win amount is determined by multiplying the line bet value by the number displayed on the paytable for four of that particular symbol. If you have winning combinations on multiple paylines, add them all up to get the total win amount. The symbols must be consecutive, starting from the leftmost or rightmost reel, to qualify as hits. In case one payline contains two winning combinations (for example: two anchors counted from the left and three swords counted from the right), you are paid for both combinations. Five symbols in a row are only paid once.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

The Captain symbol is a wild symbol – meaning it can substitute for any other symbol (including the scatter symbol), like a joker in card games. Also, the wild symbol doubles any win in the combination it is in, but not cumulatively (that is, the win will be multiplied by 2 regardless of the number of wild symbols contained in the winning combination).The Captain symbol appears on reels 2, 3 and 4 only.

Scatter symbol:

The Treasure Chest symbol is a scatter symbol – when 2 to 5 of these symbols appear on the screen, you are paid according to the number shown on the paytable (a scatter win is calculated by multiplying the number on the respective row of the scatter paytable with your TOTAL bet amount, not just the line bet). The symbols must be consecutive, starting from the leftmost or rightmost reel, to qualify as hits. They don’t have to follow any payline. Scatter wins are added to payline wins (if you don’t have any payline wins, you are only paid the scatter win).

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually, or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected set of numbers, click on any of the currently unselected numbers to start over. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of squares at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will be displayed in the row of empty circles. If any of the numbers match your selection, the squares containing them will change color and your win amount will be displayed. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10,000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 97.06%.

Beach Life jackpot slot

Beach Life

5-Reel 20-line Progressive Single -Coin Slots

The object of Beach Life is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Bet button to add a payline, or use the coloured buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the coin size multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Back button. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline, and is made up of consecutive symbols starting from the leftmost reel. The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the coin size, not the line bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the coin size by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The Wild symbol can stand for any other (except Scatter and Bonus), to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Progressive Jackpot

A certain percentage of every bet you make goes to the progressive jackpot pool. To win the Progressive Jackpot, you must obtain Wilds along the 20th payline, which must be active at time. If you get 5 Wilds along an active payline, you win 100,000 coins.

You can see the current jackpot amount at the top of the game screen.

Jackpot Fund

The progressive jackpot fund is composed of two parts – the seed and the progressive pot. The jackpot fund begins at the seed value, which is the guaranteed minimum amount of prize money contributed by the casinos. This ensures that even if you get a jackpot result in the game right after someone else has won the jackpot, you will still get a large win.

The rest of the jackpot amount comes from a progressive share, which is accumulated over time based on the bets that are made within the game. A small amount of money is added into the progressive pot for each bet that is made in the game by the players, in each of the casinos offering it, equal to a percentage of that bet (called the contribution rate).

Please note:

  • Players’ bets contribute to the progressive Jackpot only when playing for real money.
  • The mechanics of the game prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings. If two players win the jackpot in close succession, the first player will be awarded the seed and the progressive pot, and the second player will win the seed together with any possible progressive share that has accumulated between the two wins.
  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 100 000 x coin size
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): Max 3 %
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Five wild symbols on the 20 th payline (it must be active).
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play for max bet.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are two or more of them visible on the game screen, you get an additional win. The payout for scatter symbols is multiplied by your total bet and added to any active payline wins you may have.

Bonus symbol

When you get three or more consecutive Bonus symbols on an active payline, starting from the leftmost reel, you are taken to the Bonus round. There, you get to choose as many prizes as you had bonus symbols. Each prize is a different amount.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 93.25%.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet Activate one more payline.
Bet Max Activate all paylines and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.

Alien Hunter jackpot slot

Alien Hunter

5-Reel 25-line Slots

The object of Alien Hunter is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. The numbers on the buttons on both side of the reels indicate the number of coins that are currently bet on one payline. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the coloured buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Back button. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Select Lines button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline, and is made up of consecutive symbols starting from the leftmost reel. The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The winning combination must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be in a row.

The Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol (except Scatter and Bonus), to form the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline in order to be considered as a winning combination; if there are three or more of them anywhere on the game screen, you get free spins (no money is deducted from your balance for them). The number of free spins awarded for each number of scatter symbols is shown on the paytable. You can win more free spins during a free spin.

Bonus symbol

There are two different bonus rounds in Alien Hunter.

The egg bonus symbol, scattered on the first and last reels, takes you to the collecting bonus round. Here you must click on alien eggs: most of them contain wins (multiplied by your total bet) and one contains a multiplier that doubles the win of eggs you click on after finding it. However, one of the eggs contains the “headjumper” evil alien. If you click on the headjumper’s egg, the bonus round is over. If you click on the headjumper’s egg on your first try, you win a consolation prize.

The spaceman bonus symbol, appearing three times on an active payline (on the middle three reels) takes you to the hunting bonus round. Here you must click on appearing aliens. You have two choices:

  • Skill – you must catch 6 aliens within 15 seconds. Your win depends on which aliens you catch – some are quicker than others, and are worth more. There is also a consolation prize if you don’t manage to catch any aliens.
  • Luck – the aliens move more slowly and there is no time limit, but your win is determined randomly.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually, or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected set of numbers, click on any of the currently unselected numbers to start over. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of squares at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will be displayed in the row of empty circles. If any of the numbers match your selection, the squares containing them will change color and your win amount will be displayed. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10,000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) ranges from 90.93% to 96.13% depending on the player’s choice of bonus round mode and skill.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

A night out slot

A Night Out

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The object of A Night Out is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. The numbers on the buttons on both side of the reels indicate the number of coins that are currently bet on one payline. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the coloured buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Select Lines button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The winning combination must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be in a row.

The Wild symbol can stand for any other (except Scatter and Bonus), to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are three or more of them on the game field, you get an additional win. The payout for scatter symbols is multiplied by your total bet.

Bonus symbol

When you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels, you are taken to the bonus round. There you get to choose the amount of free spins you get and your win multiplier for those spins.

In the first stage of the bonus round, you will be presented with 6 ladies to choose from. Choosing a lady will award a random number of free spins between 2 and 20.

After you have chosen a lady, clicking Continue will take you to the next stage, where you need to choose a drink for the lady.

You have 6 drinks to choose from. Choosing a drink will award a random win multiplier value between 2 and 10. All wins received during the bonus round will be multiplied by that multiplier.

Clicking Continue after the picking stage will take you to the free spins stage of the bonus round.

All wins received during the free spins stage are based on the bet per line.

If you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels during a free spin, you are not taken to the bonus round – instead the game randomly selects one of the possible outcomes of the bonus round and adds the corresponding amount of free spins to the existing ones. Your win multiplier does not change.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually, or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected set of numbers, click on any of the currently unselected numbers to start over. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of squares at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will be displayed in the row of empty circles. If any of the numbers match your selection, the squares containing them will change color and your win amount will be displayed. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10,000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Return to Player

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 97.06%.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet Per Line Increase the line bet by one coin.
Select Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.

Slot Machine Variants

Below is a brief explanation on every type of slot machine:

3-Reel Standard Slots – these are the most usual slot machines. You bet a certain amount, then spin the three reels and depending on the outcome of the spin, you either win or lose.

3-Reel Max Bet 2 Slots – these machines allow you to bet the maximum of two coins, not three as in Standard Slots.

Progressive Jackpot – a progressive jackpot means that a certain percentage of every bet goes into the progressive jackpot pool. You win the jackpot by obtaining a very high symbol combination, usually only when playing for maximum bet.

Bonus Game – machines that have a Bonus Game require you to obtain a special symbol combination, or collect certain symbols. When you do, you will enter a bonus round, with special prizes waiting for you. Please note that in some games you have to play for maximum bet to qualify for a bonus round.

3-Line and 5-Line Slot Machines – here you specify your bet per payline, and the paylines on which you bet. A payline is the line along which Your total bet is then line bet x number of lines selected. 3-Line Slots have 3 lines for you to choose between, and 5-Line slots have 5.

Multiline Slots – same as above, only these machines have more than 5 lines, usually 8 or 9.

3-Row and 5-Row Multispin Slots – this is the giant leap for slot machines. In multispin slots, after the first spin you choose which reels you want to hold, then spin the rest of the reels again. 3-row and 5-row mean you have 3 or 5 rows of reels, like in multiline video poker you have multiple hands.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Chests of Plenty slot

Chests of Plenty

5-Reel 20-Line Slot

The objective of Chests of Plenty is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

TO PLAY THE GAME

  • This game is played with a fixed number of 20 active paylines. Your total bet per game round is your line bet × 20.
    • Choose your line bet by clicking ‘–’ or ‘+’.
  • Click the TURBO MODE button to switch Turbo Mode on or off. When turned on, some win animations and sounds are skipped and the reels spin faster.
  • Clicking SPIN spins the reels with the currently selected line bet. During the reel spin the SPIN button changes into STOP. Clicking STOP ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Pressing the Spacebar key spins the reels with the currently selected total bet.
  • To use Autoplay, you must first set the Autoplay session limitations. See below for more information about setting Autoplay limitations.
  • The reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Mouse over the AUTO PLAY button to display the list of options.
  • Clicking the START AUTOPLAY button starts the Autoplay session. You can end the Autoplay session by clicking the STOP AUTOPLAY button showing the number of remaining spins.
  • To enter the triggered feature, click the CLICK TO START button. After the end of the feature, click CONTINUE on the winnings summary screen to return to the main game or resume the Autoplay mode (if there are any auto spins left to play).

AUTOPLAY LIMITATIONS

Before entering Autoplay mode you must set the Autoplay session limitations. The set Autoplay session limitations apply to only one Autoplay session in the current game.

In the ‘Responsible Gaming – Auto Play’ dialog box, you can set the following:

  • Stop Autoplay on overall loss of: (mandatory). The amount of money you can spend in the Autoplay session. If you reach the set limit, Autoplay will stop.
    Note that each Autoplay bet reduces the set limit, and each Autoplay win increases the remaining limit.
  • Stop on single win more than: Checkbox and win amount (optional). Autoplay will stop if you win more than the set amount, on a single bet.
  • Stop Autoplay on Jackpot win: Checkbox (optional). Autoplay will stop when you win the Jackpot. This limitation is available only for progressive games.

To save your settings and start the Autoplay session, click Confirm. To return to your regular gameplay, click Exit.

  • The paytable can be accessed via the INFO button or via the Menu.

ABOUT PAYOUTS

  • Wins are calculated according to the Paytable, which can be accessed via the Menu.
    • Line win = line bet × corresponding multiplier according to the paytable.
  • If more than 1 active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up. If 2 winning combinations occur on the same line, you will be paid the value of the higher winning combination. Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive along a payline. The SCATTER symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the SCATTER symbol can be found below.
  • The accumulating winnings and all payline wins are shown for each winning spin. In the case of large wins, a win pop-up opens displaying the total spin revenue.

MAXIMUM WIN LIMIT

The maximum win in the game has an upper limit. For more information, see the Terms and Conditions section.

WILD SYMBOL

The Girl Pirate symbol is always WILD and can substitute for any other symbol except for TREASURE CHEST SCATTER or BONUS SCATTER symbols.

The Boy Pirate symbol is a normal symbol unless it lands immediately to the horizontal left or right of a Girl Pirate symbol. In this case the Boy Pirate symbol becomes a WILD symbol (and acts the same as the Girl Pirate symbol).

A Girl Pirate symbol could be between two Boy Pirate symbols and then they would both be turned to WILD symbols.

BONUS SCATTER SYMBOL AND TREASURE ISLAND

Landing 3, 4 or 5 of the BONUS SCATTER symbols anywhere on the reels will start the Treasure Island bonus. Tap CONTINUE to begin the bonus.

There are 3 different maps with increasingly higher prize amounts in them. If you landed 3 BONUS SCATTER symbols then you start on the first map (Booty Island), if you landed 4 BONUS SCATTER symbols then you start on the 2nd map (Isle of Plenty) and if you landed 5 BONUS SCATTER symbols then you start on the 3rd and most rewarding map (Jackpot Island).

It is possible to go from one map up to a higher value map by collecting 3 of the Map symbols. You cannot drop back down to the previous map.

Each map consists of a trail around an island and on that trail are different prizes as well as blank spaces, map pieces (to get to the next map) and mystery awards that could contain money or a map piece.

There is a wheel with numbers from 1 to 7 and a ‘Skull and cross bones’ space. Spinning the wheel awards either a number of spaces you will move forward or the ‘Skull and cross bones’ which will end the bonus and award all accumulated winnings. Tapping CONTINUE will return you to the main game.

All wins from each map are added together and collected at the end (they cannot be lost at all and are kept when you go from one map to another).

TREASURE CHEST SCATTER SYMBOL, TREASURE CHEST AND JACKPOT

Treasure chest is a TREASURE CHEST SCATTER symbol.

The Treasure Chest Bonus game is triggered by landing Chest symbols on reels 1, 3 and 5. Tap the PLAY button to begin the bonus. There is no win attached to the Chest symbols – only entry to the Treasure Chest Bonus game, which itself guarantees a win.

The 3 chests will move to the middle of the screen and then open up to reveal 3 gems in each chest.

If 3 identical gems appear from a chest a prize will be awarded (exact amount depends on the type of gem and the total stake).

If the 3 gems in a chest are not the same then that chest will close and will not open any more. When all 3 chests close the bonus will end. Tapping CONTINUE will return you to the main game.

After all 3 chests have opened and shown gems then the chests that had a win will open and reveal 3 gems again. This will continue for each chest until it does not award a win.

PROGRESSIVE JACKPOT

If all 9 of the gems shown at any one point are diamonds, then the player wins the progressive Jackpot. Tapping CONTINUE on the board will return you to the bonus round. It will continue and you will still get the normal wins for the bonus as well. The winnings will all be added on when you finish the bonus round.

In the event of a communication error after a progressive win result has been determined and before it has been displayed on screen, the win amount will automatically be transferred to the player’s account.

In the event of the jackpot being won, other players playing the game simultaneously will be informed. The new jackpot value will be displayed on the top of the screen.

Whilst the game is live the jackpot can only be terminated if the value of the jackpot is zero. If the game is removed the outstanding pool amount can be transferred to another one.

One of the possible wins in this game is the Progressive Jackpot, built up by all the casinos that offer the game. A small percentage of each bet, by every person playing this game in each of many online casinos, is added to a common pot. When a player gets the right result, that player wins the entire Jackpot (in some games you can also win part of it).

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casinos contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.
  • Due to communication delays two players may nevertheless appear to win the Jackpot simultaneously. In this case the first payout will be for the full jackpot value, whilst the second player will receive the reseed value.

When the Jackpot is won, it is reset to the balance stored in the reseed fund.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): EUR 20,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies)
Average contribution rate (what average percentage of each bet goes into the Progressive Jackpot): 1.69% (1.62% to progressive pot and 0.07% to seed pot)
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): If all 9 of the gems shown at any one point are diamonds, then the player wins the progressive Jackpot.
Win requirements (what you need to do to qualify for the Progressive Jackpot): Play the Chests of Plenty game.

Note on disconnections: if you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of the game, log in again into the casino. You will be automatically directed back to the game and you can continue the game from the point where it was broken. If you re-open the game without re-logging into the casino, the game will start from the very beginning. In both cases, your previous wins will be paid.

To check the results of your old games or find additional details about recent games, click the History button, available in the Menu. Use your regular username and password to log in and check the outcome of previous rounds of both desktop and mobile version of the game.

Note on malfunctions: a malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on unresolved bets: unresolved bets placed become void after 90 days.

 Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) with Progressive jackpot is 90.00% and 88.31% for the game without Progressive jackpot.

Cat in Vegas slot

Cat in Vegas

5-Reel 20-Line Slots

The objective of Cat in Vegas is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

TO PLAY THE GAME

  • Only active paylines can register line wins.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet × active paylines.
    • Choose your line bet by clicking ‘–’ or ‘+’.
    • Choose your paylines on the panel by clicking ‘–’ or ‘+’.
  • Click the TURBO MODE button to switch Turbo Mode on or off. When turned on, some win animations and sounds are skipped and the reels spin faster.
  • Clicking SPIN spins the reels with the currently selected lines and line bet. During the reel spin the SPIN button changes into STOP. Clicking STOP ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Pressing the Spacebar key spins the reels with the currently selected total bet.
  • To use Autoplay, you must first set the Autoplay session limitations. See below for more information about setting Autoplay limitations.
  • The reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Mouse over the AUTO PLAY button to display the list of options.
    • To use Autoplay, you must first set the Autoplay session limitations. See below for more information about setting Autoplay limitations.
    • Swipe the slider to the left or right to select the number of auto spins. By default, the maximum number of auto spins is selected.
    • Clicking the START AUTOPLAY button starts the Autoplay session. You can end the Autoplay session by clicking the STOP AUTOPLAY button showing the number of remaining spins.
  • To enter any of the triggered Bonus games, click the PLAY button. After the end of the Bonus games, clicking CONTINUE on the winnings summary screen takes you back to the main game or resumes the Autoplay mode.

AUTOPLAY LIMITATIONS

Before entering Autoplay mode you must set the Autoplay session limitations. The set Autoplay session limitations apply to only one Autoplay session in the current game.

In the ‘Responsible Gaming – Auto Play’ dialog box, you can set the following:

  • Stop Autoplay on overall loss of: (mandatory). The amount of money you can spend in the Autoplay session. If you reach the set limit, Autoplay will stop.
    Note that each Autoplay bet reduces the set limit, and each Autoplay win increases the remaining limit.
  • Stop on single win more than: Checkbox and win amount (optional). Autoplay will stop if you win more than the set amount, on a single bet.
  • Stop Autoplay on Jackpot win: Checkbox (optional). Autoplay will stop when you win the Jackpot. This limitation is available only for progressive games.

To save your settings and start the Autoplay session, click Confirm. To return to your regular gameplay, click Exit.

ABOUT PAYOUTS

  • Wins are calculated according to the Paytable, which can be accessed via the Menu.
  • Line win = line bet × corresponding multiplier according to the paytable.
  • If more than 1 active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up. If 2 winning combinations occur on the same line, you will be paid the value of the higher winning combination. Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive along a payline.
  • The accumulating winnings and all payline wins are shown for each winning spin. In the case of large wins, a Win popup opens displaying the total spin revenue.

WILD SYMBOL

The WILD symbol can stand for any other symbol except the BONUS, WHEEL OF LUCK and THE KING SHOW symbols to make the best possible winning combination.

There is also a separate payout for 3 or more WILD symbols on an active payline. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from WILD symbols is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by WILD standing in).

CAT IN VEGAS BONUS GAMES

Cat in Vegas contains 3 different Bonus games: Wheel of Luck Bonus, Vegas Slots Bonus and The King Show Free Games. All Bonus games can only be triggered during the main game.

Notes: If the same spin simultaneously triggers the Vegas Slots Bonus game and The King Show Free Games, the Vegas Slots Bonus game will be played first, which will be followed by the Free Games.

It is also possible that The King Show Free Games and the Wheel of Luck Bonus feature are triggered with the same spin. In this case, the Wheel of Luck Bonus will be played first, which will be followed by the Free Games.

WHEEL OF LUCK BONUS

The Wheel of Luck Bonus feature is activated when the WHEEL OF LUCK symbol appears on reel 3 during the main game.

When the Bonus feature is triggered, the big Wheel of Luck appears covering the entire middle reel. Each position on the wheel contains a win multiplier and each spin awards eiter a cash prize or ends the bonus.

Swipe the wheel to play.

  • Spin win = total bet × multiplier on the Wheel of Luck on which the wheel stopped.

When a multiplier is won, its position on the wheel is deactivated and will not award a multiplier again. You can spin the wheel and accumulate cash prizes until the wheel stops on a deactivated position.

VEGAS SLOTS BONUS

The Vegas Slots Bonus game is triggered when 3 BONUS symbols appear simultaneously on reels 1, 3 and 5 during the main game.

In the Vegas Slots Bonus game, you must select slot machines to win cash prizes. Each prize is a multiple of your total bet. Each slot machine might also award you with the Vegas Slot Jackpot! Read more about the Progressive Jackpot below.

Click on a slot machine to select it.

The Vegas Slots Bonus game ends when all machines have paid out all money they have and gone ‘Out of Order’.

THE KING SHOW FREE GAMES

The King Show Free Games feature is triggered when 3 THE KING SHOW symbols appear simultaneously on reels 2, 4 and 5 during the main game.

You are awarded a random number of Free Games between 7 and 20.

Before the Free Games begin, 3 to 5 WILD symbols are randomly distributed on the reels. These WILD symbols will stick to the corresponding places for the entire Free Games round. During the Free Games, the distributed WILD symbols stand for other symbols and make the best possible winning combinations.

During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bet per line as on the spin that won the Free Games round.

PROGRESSIVE JACKPOT

The Progressive Jackpot is built up by all the casinos that offer the Cat in Vegas game. A certain percentage of every bet (called ‘contribution rate’) by every person playing this game in each of many online casinos is added to the Progressive Jackpot pool. You can see the current Jackpot amount at the top of the game screen.

To win the Progressive Jackpot, you must first win entry to the Vegas Slots Bonus game. Whenever the reels of a slot machine in the Vegas Slots Bonus are spun there is a chance for the lights on the machine to be illuminated. If all the lights are illuminated, the jackpot will be won.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the participating casinos contributing a base amount of money (called ‘seed’). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): EUR 15,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies)
Average contribution rate (what average percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 2%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Illuminate all the lights on a slot machine awarding the jackpot in the Vegas Slots Bonus game.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play the Cat in Vegas slot game.

Please note:

  • The seed and Jackpot values are in Euros in the progressive network and their value in your local currency is dependent on the currency exchange rate.
  • The mechanics of Progressive Jackpot prohibit simultaneous jackpot winnings.
  • Imperfections in the Internet connectivity may cause you to experience delays in Jackpot messages or updates, but they do not affect actual Jackpot wins.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of the game, log in again into the casino. You will be automatically directed back to the game and you can continue the game from the point where it was broken. If you re-open the game without re-logging into the casino, the game will start from the very beginning. In both cases, your previous wins will be paid.

If you wish to check the results of old games, or find additional details about recent games, you can do so via the desktop version of the casino. Use your regular username and password to log in to the desktop version.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on unresolved bets: Unresolved bets placed become void after 90 days.

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 92.00%.

Bounty of the Beanstalk

Bounty of the Beanstalk

5-Reel 50-Line Slots

The objective of Bounty of the Beanstalk is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

TO PLAY THE GAME

  • This game is played with a fixed number of 50 active paylines. Your total bet per game round is your line bet × 50.
    • Choose your line bet by clicking ‘–’ or ‘+’.
  • Click the TURBO MODE button to switch Turbo Mode on or off. When turned on, some win animations and sounds are skipped and the reels spin faster.
  • Clicking SPIN spins the reels with the currently selected line bet. During the reel spin the SPIN button changes into STOP. Clicking STOP ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Pressing the Spacebar key spins the reels with the currently selected total bet.
  • To use Autoplay, you must first set the Autoplay session limitations. See below for more information about setting Autoplay limitations.
  • The reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Mouse over the AUTO PLAY button to display the list of options.
  • Clicking the START AUTOPLAY button starts the Autoplay session. You can end the Autoplay session by clicking the STOP AUTOPLAY button showing the number of remaining spins.
  • To enter the triggered feature, click the CLICK TO START button. After the end of the feature, click CONTINUE on the winnings summary screen to return to the main game or resume the Autoplay mode (if there are any auto spins left to play).

AUTOPLAY LIMITATIONS

Before entering Autoplay mode you must set the Autoplay session limitations. The set Autoplay session limitations apply to only one Autoplay session in the current game.

In the ‘Responsible Gaming – Auto Play’ dialog box, you can set the following:

  • Stop Autoplay on overall loss of: (mandatory). The amount of money you can spend in the Autoplay session. If you reach the set limit, Autoplay will stop.
    Note that each Autoplay bet reduces the set limit, and each Autoplay win increases the remaining limit.
  • Stop on single win more than: Checkbox and win amount (optional). Autoplay will stop if you win more than the set amount, on a single bet.
  • Stop Autoplay on Jackpot win: Checkbox (optional). Autoplay will stop when you win the Jackpot. This limitation is available only for progressive games.

To save your settings and start the Autoplay session, click Confirm. To return to your regular gameplay, click Exit.

  • The paytable can be accessed via the INFO button or via the Menu.

ABOUT PAYOUTS

  • Wins are calculated according to the Paytable, which can be accessed via the Menu.
    • Line win = line bet × corresponding multiplier according to the paytable.
  • If more than 1 active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up. If 2 winning combinations occur on the same line, you will be paid the value of the higher winning combination. Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive along a payline. The SCATTER and BONUS symbols are an exception to these rules. More information about the SCATTER and BONUS symbols can be found below.
  • The accumulating winnings and all payline wins are shown for each winning spin. In the case of large wins, a win pop-up opens displaying the total spin revenue.

MAXIMUM WIN LIMIT

The maximum win in the game has an upper limit. For more information, see the Terms and Conditions section.

WILD SYMBOL

The WILD symbol substitutes all other symbols except for the BONUS and SCATTER symbols to enhance your chances of getting a winning line.

WILD symbols can also form a win themselves if there are 3 or more of them next to each other on an active pay line (starting from the left).

If a WILD symbol forms more than one win on a single pay line, then it will only be counted for the win that pays the most. If the wins are the same value, then it will count as a WILD symbol win.

BONUS SYMBOL

The Jack Bonus symbol is a BONUS symbol in this game. If 3 BONUS symbols appear simultaneously on reels 1, 3 and 5 during the main game, the Giant’s Treasure bonus round is triggered. More information on the Giant’s Treasure bonus can be found below.

SCATTER SYMBOL

Giant Free Spins symbol is a SCATTER symbol in this game. If 3 SCATTER symbols appear simultaneously on reels 1, 3 and 5 during the main game, the Giant Free Spins round is triggered. Click PLAY button to begin the Giant Free Spins round.

GIANT FREE SPINS

The Giant Free Spins round is a special win, triggered by getting 3 SCATTER symbols simultaneously on reels 1, 3 and 5 during the main game. You will be awarded 10 free spins. The line bet for free spins will be the same as the line bet you have chosen for the triggering spin during the main reels game.

The Free Spins Left field to the upper left of the game window shows the accumulated free spins you have won. The Total win field to the upper right of the game window displays winnings.

The reels will spin automatically. When the reels stop spinning, there is a chance that the Giant may attack Jack. If this happens, the Giant’s finger will appear at the top of the screen.

Jack will run across the reels, chased by the Giant’s finger. The Giant will try to squash Jack. This will dislodge symbols on a reel, replacing them with WILD symbols. The Giant might dislodge between 1 and 4 symbols on a reel. The Giant may continue chasing Jack, causing more symbols to dislodge and replacing them with WILD symbols.

After each spin, the win for that spin is displayed in the Win field. The Total Win field shows the accumulated winnings from all free spins played so far. The number of free spins remaining is shown in the Free Spins Left field.

After all free spins have been completed a screen appears showing the accumulated winnings from all free spins. Click OK button to return to the main game reels.

GIANT’S TREASURE BONUS

3 BONUS symbols landing on reels 1, 3 and 5 will trigger the Giant’s Treasure bonus.

You will be taken to the Giant’s table. The Giant is asleep behind the table. There are 8 treasures on the table. Pick any treasure to try to take it. Jack will move from the side of the screen towards the treasure.

If he reaches the treasure without disturbing the Giant, Jack will take the treasure back to his sack. When he does so, you will be shown the prize value of the treasure he has taken, and this will be counted up into your winnings (displayed in the Total Win field).

If Jack disturbs the Giant, one of the following scenarios may occur:

  • Jack may continue to the treasure you selected and take the treasure as described above.
  • Jack may take a different treasure instead. You will be given the prize value of the treasure Jack picked up instead.
  • Jack may return to his starting position empty-handed. You will not win a prize if this occurs.
  • The Giant may wake up completely and end the bonus.

You may continue picking treasures until the Giant wakes up completely.

If the Giant wakes up completely, the bonus round will end. Your winnings will be credited to your game balance.

The progressive Jackpot can be won during the Giant’s Treasure bonus. See below for more information.

PROGRESSIVE JACKPOT

The progressive Jackpot can be won in the Giant’s Treasure bonus.

When Jack collects a treasure, he may find a Golden Treasure. There are 3 Golden Treasures to find:

  • The Golden Money Bag
  • The Golden Goose
  • The Golden Harp

If Jack finds a Golden Treasure, it will be collected in the progressive Jackpot field in the top right corner of the screen.

Collect all 3 treasures to win the progressive Jackpot, which will be awarded when the bonus round ends.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): EUR 50,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies)
Average contribution rate (what average percentage of each bet goes into the Progressive Jackpot): 1.00% (0.05% to progressive pot and 0.95% to seed pot)
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): If all 3 Golden Treasures are collected the progressive jackpot will be awarded when the Giant’s Treasure Bonus ends.
Win requirements (what you need to do to qualify for the Progressive Jackpot): Play the Bounty of the Beanstalk game.

A percentage of all bets placed is put towards the jackpot balance and into a reseed fund.

When the Jackpot is won, it is reset to the balance stored in the reseed fund.

  • Bets placed when the Jackpot has been won and a reduced balance is available will be voided.
  • Due to communication delays two players may nevertheless appear to win the Jackpot simultaneously. In this case the first payout will be for the full jackpot value, whilst the second player will receive the reseed value.
  • In the event of a communication error after a progressive win result has been determined and before it has been displayed on screen, the win amount will automatically be transferred to the player’s account.
  • In the event of the jackpot being won, other players playing the game simultaneously will be informed of the new jackpot value and offered the option to void the present bet. This is only relevant if the jackpot display on the other players’ games has not been updated to the new value yet.

Whilst the game is live the jackpot can only be terminated if the value of the jackpot is zero. If the game is removed the outstanding pool amount can be transferred to another jackpot or retained by the operator.

Please note:

  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

Note on disconnections: if you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of the game, log in again into the casino. You will be automatically directed back to the game and you can continue the game from the point where it was broken. If you re-open the game without re-logging into the casino, the game will start from the very beginning. In both cases, your previous wins will be paid.

To check the results of your old games or find additional details about recent games, click the History button, available in the Menu. Use your regular username and password to log in and check the outcome of previous rounds of both desktop and mobile version of the game.

Note on malfunctions: a malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on unresolved bets: unresolved bets placed become void after 90 days.

 Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

The minimum theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 93.00 and the maximum theoretical return to player (RTP) percentage that includes the jackpot contribution is 94.00%.

Jackpot Bells slot

Jackpot Bells™

5-Reel 5-Line Slot

The objective of Jackpot Bells™ is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

TO PLAY THE GAME

  • This game is played with a fixed number of 5 active paylines. Your total bet per game round is your line bet × 5.
    • Choose your line bet by clicking ‘–’ or ‘+’.
  • Click the TURBO MODE button to switch Turbo Mode on or off. When turned on, some win animations and sounds are skipped and the reels spin faster.
  • Clicking SPIN spins the reels with the currently selected line bet. During the reel spin the SPIN button changes into STOP. Clicking STOP ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Pressing the Spacebar key spins the reels with the currently selected total bet.
  • To use Autoplay, you must first set the Autoplay session limitations. See below for more information about setting Autoplay limitations.
  • The reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Mouse over the AUTO PLAY button to display the list of options.
    • Select the number of auto spins.
  • Clicking the START AUTOPLAY button starts the Autoplay session. You can end the Autoplay session by clicking the STOP AUTOPLAY button showing the number of remaining spins.

AUTOPLAY LIMITATIONS

Before entering Autoplay mode you must set the Autoplay session limitations. The set Autoplay session limitations apply to only one Autoplay session in the current game.

In the ‘Responsible Gaming – Auto Play’ dialog box, you can set the following:

  • Stop Autoplay on overall loss of: (mandatory). The amount of money you can spend in the Autoplay session. If you reach the set limit, Autoplay will stop.
    Note that each Autoplay bet reduces the set limit, and each Autoplay win increases the remaining limit.
  • Stop on single win more than: Checkbox and win amount (optional). Autoplay will stop if you win more than the set amount, on a single bet.
  • Stop Autoplay on Jackpot win: Checkbox (optional). Autoplay will stop when you win the Jackpot. This limitation is available only for progressive games.

To save your settings and start the Autoplay session, click Confirm. To return to your regular gameplay, click Exit.

  • The paytable can be accessed via the INFO button or via the Menu.

ABOUT PAYOUTS

  • Wins are calculated according to the Paytable, which can be accessed via the Menu.
  • Line win = line bet × corresponding multiplier according to the paytable.
  • If more than 1 active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up. If 2 winning combinations occur on the same line, you will be paid the value of the higher winning combination. Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive along a payline.
  • The accumulating winnings and all payline wins are shown for each winning spin. In the case of large wins, a Win popup opens displaying the total spin revenue.
 Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

WILD SYMBOL

The Bell symbol is the WILD symbol in the game. The WILD symbol can stand for any other symbol to make the best possible winning combination.

The WILD symbol expands to fill any reel it lands on, standing in place of all other symbols on the reel. All winning combinations that result from the WILD expanding will pay out like standard winning combinations.

When 5 WILD symbols land consecutively on an active payline, starting from the leftmost reel, and form a 5 of a kind win combination, the jackpot is awarded. More information about the jackpot is below.

JACKPOT

One of the possible wins in this game is the progressive jackpot, built up by all the casinos that offer the game. A small percentage of each bet placed by every person who qualifies for the jackpot and plays this game in any of the various participating online casinos, is added to a common pot. You can see the current jackpot amounts at the top of the game screen. To win the progressive jackpot, you must land a WILD 5-of-a-kind winning combination.

After a jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with a guaranteed minimum amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the jackpot, you will still get a large win.

The jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the jackpot starts out with): 2,500 x total bet
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the jackpot): 2.00%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the jackpot): 5 WILD symbols on an active payline.

Please note:

  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

Casino toolbar

The lower and upper edges of the game window hold the casino toolbars. These toolbars contain a number of menus and buttons that allow you to change client settings or take advantage of the various features available in the casino client. To open one of the buttons, click on it.

The bottom toolbar contains the following:

  • Balance – Your game window balance. This is the total money which you can use to play the current casino game, consisting of your Real Money balance as well as all the bonuses available for this game.
  • Deposit / Cashier – Clicking this button opens the Deposit / Cashier window, where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real Money – This button appears only in Fun and Anonymous modes. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • Free Spin Bonus – This icon is displayed only in games in which you have bonus Free Spins available. Clicking this icon opens the Free Spins Bonus Panel.

The top toolbar contains the following:

  • Games – Next to this icon is the quick launch menu. Mouse over any category to see the available games in that category. Click on any game to launch that game.
  • Featured – is a feature that enables you to find your next game adventure! It contains various game categories from which you can choose games to play.
  • Slot – When you have found your desired game, click on the appropriate game icon to start the game.
  • Table Games – When you have found your desired game, click on the appropriate game icon to start the game.
  • Sound on/off – Clicking this button will disable/enable sound effects. Mouse over the sound icon to slide open the sound volume slider, where you can adjust the volume.
  • Menu – Mouse over this icon to open the Tools menu. The menu contains the following:
    • History – Opens the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds. Note that the history is unavailable in Fun and Anonymous modes.
    • Options – Opens the options dialog, where you can change various gameplay settings.
    • Help – Opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    • Paytable – Opens the Paytable of the game. Click the BACK button to return to the main game.

Info page:

  • Clicking INFO button “i” opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrows at either side of the screen or radio buttons at the bottom enables navigating between the different info screens of the Paytable.
  • Clicking Back button exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Buttons:

  • “i” – Open the reference screen that describes the different game components (paytable).
  • Line Bet – Increase or decrease the line bet by clicking the “+” or “−” buttons.
  • Spin – Spin the reels.
  • Autoplay / Spins Left – Spin the reels a number of times in succession. End the active Autoplay reelspin mode.
  • Turbo Mode – Turn on/off Turbo Mode, available during the main game only. Switching to Turbo Mode speeds up the game play by switching off some win animations and sounds while making the reels spin faster.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of the game, log in again into the casino. You will be automatically directed back to the game and you can continue the game from the point where it was broken. If you re-open the game without re-logging into the casino, the game will start from the very beginning. In both cases, your previous wins will be paid.

To check the results of your old games or find additional details about recent games, click the History button, available in the Menu. Use your regular username and password to log in and check the outcome of previous rounds of both desktop and mobile version of the game.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on unresolved bets: Unresolved bets placed become void after 90 days.

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 96.03%, that includes the Jackpot Contribution rate.

Gladiator Road to Rome slot

Gladiator™ Road to Rome

5-Reel 25-Line Slot

The objective of Gladiator™ Road to Rome is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

TO PLAY THE GAME

  • Click CONTINUE on the entry screen to enter the main game. You can also click Don’t show next time if you want to skip this screen in future.
  • This game is played with a fixed number of 25 active win lines.
  • Your total bet per game round is your line bet × 25.
  • The total bet can be selected on the BET OPTIONS panel at the bottom of the screen.
    • Click ‘−’ or ‘+’ under TOTAL BET to choose the total bet.
  • Click the TURBO MODE button to switch Turbo Mode on or off. When turned on, some win animations and sounds are skipped and the reels spin faster.
  • Clicking the SPIN button spins the reels with the currently selected total bet.
  • Pressing the Spacebar key spins the reels with the currently selected total bet.
  • During the reel spin the SPIN button changes into STOP. Clicking STOP ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • To use Autoplay, you must first set the Autoplay session limitations. See below for more information about setting Autoplay limitations.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Autoplay function. Mouse over the AUTOPLAY button to display the list of options.
  • Mouse over the AUTO PLAY button and click on an option to start the Auto Play function. During the Auto Play mode the SPIN button changes into STOP. Click this STOP button to stop the Auto Play session.
  • The paytable can be accessed by clicking the i button.

AUTOPLAY LIMITATIONS

Before entering Autoplay mode you must set the Autoplay session limitations. The set Autoplay session limitations apply to only one Autoplay session in the current game.

In the ‘Responsible Gaming – Auto Play’ dialog box, you can set the following:

  • Stop Autoplay on overall loss of: (mandatory). The amount of money you can spend in the Autoplay session. If you reach the set limit, Autoplay will stop.
    Note that each Autoplay bet reduces the set limit, and each Autoplay win increases the remaining limit.
  • Stop on single win more than: Checkbox and win amount (optional). Autoplay will stop if you win more than the set amount, on a single bet.
  • Stop Autoplay on Jackpot win: Checkbox (optional). Autoplay will stop when you win the Jackpot. This limitation is available only for progressive games.

To save your settings and start the Autoplay session, click Confirm. To return to your regular gameplay, click Exit.

 Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

ABOUT PAYOUTS

  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable, which can be accessed by clicking the i button.
    • Line win = line bet × corresponding multiplier according to the paytable.
  • If more than 1 active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up. If 2 winning combinations occur on the same line, you will be paid the value of the higher winning combination. Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive along a payline.
  • The accumulating winnings and all payline wins are shown for each winning spin. In the case of large wins, a win pop-up opens displaying the total spin revenue.

WILD SYMBOL

The stacked Gladiator symbol with the text ‘WILD’ on it is the WILD symbol in the game. When a regular stacked Gladiator symbol fully fills a reel, it turns into a WILD symbol.

WILD symbols can substitute for all symbols, except for SCATTER and BONUS symbols.

SCATTER SYMBOL

The Shield and Weapons symbol with the text ‘SCATTER’ on it is the SCATTER symbol in the game.

3 or more SCATTER symbols appearing simultaneously anywhere on the reels during the main game trigger the Colosseum Free Games feature.

SCATTER symbols do not appear during free games, meaning the Colosseum Free Games feature cannot be retriggered.

COLOSSEUM FREE GAMES

When 3 or more SCATTER symbols land simultaneously anywhere on the reels during the main game, the Colosseum Free Games feature is triggered.

  • 3 SCATTER symbols trigger 5 free games.
  • 4 SCATTER symbols trigger 8 free games.
  • 5 SCATTER symbols trigger 12 free games.

You will be presented with a screen showing 12 shields. Pick 3 shields to reveal the modifiers that will be applied to your free games:

  • Extra free games: awards more free games. Extra free games are added to the number of free games already awarded.
  • Win multiplier: multiplies all wins in the Free Games feature. Multipliers are additive, meaning if more than 1 multiplier is revealed the total value will be the combined total of all multipliers added together;
  • Symbol payout boost: increases the payout of a randomly chosen symbol by 5x. A sideways reel will appear and cycle through all eligible symbols, eventually stopping automatically to indicate which symbol has an enhanced payout;
  • Extra WILD symbol: turns a randomly chosen symbol into an extra WILD symbol. A sideways reel will appear and cycle through all eligible symbols, eventually stopping automatically to indicate which symbol will turn WILD;
  • Symbol pays as SCATTER: chooses a symbol that will expand and pay non-adjacent on a payline. 3 or more extra SCATTER symbols will pay anywhere they land on the reels. The extra SCATTER symbols animate and award a payout after any winnings from the other symbols. A sideways reel will appear and cycle through all eligible symbols, eventually stopping automatically to indicate which symbol will pay as a SCATTER symbol;
  • Gladiator WILD nudge: means that when the Gladiator symbol lands partially on the reels it will shift to fill the whole reel and turn into a WILD symbol.

Click CONTINUE to enter the Free Games round with your 3 awarded modifiers. During the Free Games round the reels are spun automatically using the same bet per line as on the spin that triggered the feature. The win for each spin is displayed in the WIN field beneath the reels. The total win for the Free Games round is shown in the TOTAL WIN field. The number of free games remaining is displayed above the reels.

When all free games have been played, click CONTINUE on the winnings summary to return to the main game.

BONUS SYMBOL

The Helmet symbol with the text ‘BONUS’ on it is the BONUS symbol in the game.

3 BONUS symbols appearing simultaneously on reels #2, #3, and #4 during the main game trigger the Gladiator Bonus.

The BONUS symbol does not appear during free games, meaning the Gladiator Bonus cannot be triggered during the Colosseum Free Games feature.

GLADIATOR BONUS

3 BONUS symbols appearing anywhere on reels #2, #3, and #4 during the main game trigger the Gladiator Bonus.

The game will automatically pick 9 helmets of gold, silver or bronze. Each helmet awards a prize that is a multiple of the total bet, with golden helmets awarding the most and bronze helmets the least. The values of the 9 helmets are accumulated to determine the total bonus prize.

9 gold helmets appearing simultaneously in the Gladiator Bonus round award the progressive Gladiator Jackpot.

When 9 helmets have appeared, click CONTINUE on the winnings summary to return to the main game.

GLADIATOR JACKPOT

The Gladiator Jackpot is a progressive jackpot that is linked to the Gladiator series of games. A small percentage of each bet placed in any of the Gladiator games is added to the progressive jackpot.

The Gladiator Jackpot is won when 9 gold helmets appear simultaneously during the Gladiator Bonus. The total win amount contains the bonus win that is added to the jackpot.

In case you win the jackpot while one or more other players are spinning for it, the player who triggered the feature first will win the full jackpot amount (seed plus progressive) whereas the other player(s) will be awarded the jackpot seed only.

After you have won the Gladiator Jackpot, click the CONTINUE button to return to the main game.

The jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the jackpot starts out with): €50,000
Average contribution rate (what average percentage of each bet goes into the jackpot): 1.00%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the jackpot): 9 golden helmets during the Gladiator Bonus round.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the jackpot): Play a game linked to the Gladiator Jackpot.

Please note:

  • The seed and jackpot values are in EUR in the progressive network and their value in your local currency is dependent on the currency exchange rate specified by the casino.
  • If 2 players win the same progressive jackpot at the same time, the first player will be awarded the seed and the progressive part, and the second player will win the seed along with any progressive amount that was accumulated in the time between the two jackpot wins.
  • If a jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino), you will be notified of it by the casino.
  • Imperfections in Internet connectivity may cause you to experience delays in jackpot messages or updates, but they do not affect actual jackpot wins.

Casino toolbar

The lower and upper edges of the game window hold the casino toolbars. These toolbars contain a number of menus and buttons that allow you to change client settings or take advantage of the various features available in the casino client. To open one of the buttons, click on it.

The bottom toolbar contains the following:

  • Balance – Your game window balance. This is the total money that you can use to play the current casino game, consisting of your Real Money balance as well as all the bonuses available for this game.
  • Deposit / Cashier – Clicking this button opens the Deposit / Cashier window, where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real -This button appears only in Fun and Anonymous modes. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

The top toolbar contains the following:

  • Games – Next to this icon is the quick launch menu. Mouse over any category to see the available games in that category. Click on any game to launch that game.
  • Featured – Is a feature that enables you to find your next game adventure! It contains various game categories from which you can choose games to play.
  • Slot – When you have found your desired game, click on the appropriate game icon to start the game.
  • Table Games – When you have found your desired game, click on the appropriate game icon to start the game.
  • Sound on/off – Clicking this button will disable/enable sound effects. Mouse over the sound icon to slide open the sound volume slider, where you can adjust the volume.
  • Menu – Mouse over this icon to open the Tools menu. The menu contains the following:
    • History – Opens the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds. Note that the history is unavailable in Fun and Anonymous modes.
    • Options – Opens the options dialog, where you can change various gameplay settings.
    • Help – Opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    • Paytable – Opens the paytable of the game.

Info pages:

  • Clicking the i button opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrows at either side of the screen enables navigation between the different info screens of the paytable.
    • The Payouts screens show all winning combinations.
    • The Feature screens explain the features that can be triggered and played in the game.
    • The Paylines screen illustrates all the paylines and details the payout rules in the game.
  • Clicking X on the upper right-hand corner of the dialogue window exits the i screen and returns to the game.

Buttons:

  • i – Opens the reference screen that describes the different game components (paytable).
  • “+”and “−” buttons – Increase or decrease total bet.
  • Spin – Spin the reels.
  • Autoplay / Stop – Spin the reels a number of times in succession. End the active Autoplay reel spin mode.
  • Stop – Stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the spin result.
  • Turbo Mode – Turn on/off Turbo Mode, available during the main game only. Switching to Turbo Mode speeds up the game play by switching off some win animations and sounds while making the reels spin faster.

Note on disconnections: if you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of the game, log in again into the casino. You will be automatically directed back to the game and you can continue the game from the point where it was broken. If you re-open the game without re-logging into the casino, the game will start from the very beginning. In both cases, your previous wins will be paid.

To check the results of your old games or find additional details about recent games, click the History button, available in the Menu. Use your regular username and password to log in and check the outcome of previous rounds of both desktop and mobile version of the game.

Note on malfunctions: a malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on unresolved bets: unresolved bets placed become void after 90 days.

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 95.05%, that includes Jackpot Contribution of 1.00%.

Frankie Dettori Sporting Legends slot

Frankie Dettori Sporting Legends™

5-Reel 25-Line Slot

The objective of Frankie Dettori Sporting Legends™ is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

TO PLAY THE GAME

  • Click CONTINUE on the entry screen to enter the main game.
  • This game is played with a non-fixed number of 25 active paylines
  • Only active paylines can register line wins.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet × active paylines.
    • Choose your line bet by clicking ‘–’ or ‘+’.
    • Choose your paylines on the panel by clicking ‘–’ or ‘+’.
  • Click the TURBO button to switch Turbo Mode on or off. When turned on, some win animations and sounds are skipped and the reels spin faster.
  • Clicking SPIN spins the reels with the currently selected line bet. During the reel spin the SPIN button changes into STOP. Clicking STOP ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Pressing the Spacebar key spins the reels with the currently selected total bet.
  • To use Autoplay, you must first set the Autoplay session limitations. See below for more information about setting Autoplay limitations.
  • The reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Mouse over the AUTOPLAY button to display the list of options.
    • Click on an option to start the Auto Play function. During Auto Play mode the AUTOPLAY button displays the number of auto spins left.
  • To enter the triggered feature, click the CLICK TO START button. After the end of the feature, clicking CONTINUE on the winnings summary board takes you back to the main game or resumes Autoplay mode (if there are any auto spins left to play).
  • The paytable can be accessed via the “i” INFO page or the Menu.

AUTOPLAY LIMITATIONS

Before entering Autoplay mode you must set the Autoplay session limitations. The set Autoplay session limitations apply to only one Autoplay session in the current game.

In the ‘Responsible Gaming – Auto Play’ dialog box, you can set the following:

  • Stop Autoplay on overall loss of: (mandatory). The amount of money you can spend in the Autoplay session. If you reach the set limit, Autoplay will stop.
    Note that each Autoplay bet reduces the set limit, and each Autoplay win increases the remaining limit.
  • Stop on single win more than: Checkbox and win amount (optional). Autoplay will stop if you win more than the set amount, on a single bet.
  • Stop Autoplay on Jackpot win: Checkbox (optional). Autoplay will stop when you win the Jackpot. This limitation is available only for progressive games.

To save your settings and start the Autoplay session, click Confirm. To return to your regular gameplay, click Exit.

 Find all the top online casino UK here / click here for the best online casino USA /  and don’t forget to check out the best online casino Australia.

ABOUT PAYOUTS

  • Wins are calculated according to the Paytable which can be accessed by the i-button or via the Menu.
    • Line win = line bet × corresponding multiplier according to the paytable.
  • If more than 1 active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up. If 2 winning combinations occur on the same line, you will be paid the value of the higher winning combination. Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive along a payline. The SCATTER symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the SCATTER symbol can be found below.
  • The accumulating winnings are shown for each winning spin. In the case of large wins, a win pop-up opens displaying the total spin revenue.

WILD SYMBOLS

The WILD symbol can stand for any other symbol, except SCATTER, to make the best possible winning combination.

There is also a separate payout for 2 or more WILD symbols on an active payline, as seen in the paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from the WILD symbols is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by the WILD symbol standing in).

The GALLOPING WILD symbol is stacked 3 symbols high and only appears on reel #1 and only in the main game. The GALLOPING WILD symbol can stand for any other symbol, except SCATTER, to make the best possible winning combination. When the stacked GALLOPING WILD symbol lands fully on reel #1 and there is a win anywhere on the reels in the same spin, the GALLOPING WILD RESPINS FEATURE is triggered.

Red, yellow and green HORSE WILD symbols are stacked 1, 2 or 3 symbols high and only appears on reel #5 and only in GOLDEN DERBY FREE GAMES. HORSE WILD symbols can stand for any other symbol, except SCATTER, to make the best possible winning combination.

SCATTER SYMBOL

SCATTER symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline to form a win.

If 2 or more SCATTER symbols appear anywhere in the spin results, the payout earned is multiplied by the total bet and added to the payline winnings.

When 3 or more SCATTER symbols land anywhere on the reels simultaneously, the GOLDEN DERBY FREE GAMES feature is triggered.

GALLOPING WILD RESPINS FEATURE

The GALLOPING WILD symbol is stacked 3 symbols high and only appears on reel #1 and only in the main game. The GALLOPING WILD symbol can stand for any other symbol, except SCATTER, to make the best possible winning combination.

When the stacked GALLOPING WILD symbol lands fully on reel #1 and there is a win anywhere on the reels in the same spin, a free respin is triggered.

A win on a respin triggers another free respin if the stacked GALLOPING WILD symbol is still on the reels. During each respin the stacked GALLOPING WILD symbol moves 1 reel to the right and the win multiplier is increased (multipliers are – 2x, 3x, 5x, 7x). Respins end when there is no win on the reels, or when the stacked GALLOPING WILD symbol moves right off reel #5.

During this feature, the reels respin automatically using the same bet that was placed on the spin that triggered the feature.

GOLDEN DERBY FREE GAMES FEATURE

When 3 or more SCATTER symbols land anywhere on the reels simultaneously, the GOLDEN DERBY FREE GAMES feature is triggered.

You will then be asked to pick 1 of 3 horses (red, yellow or green) to win a multiplier that will be applied to your total free games win. The RECENT RANKING field under each horse shows the position in which each horse finished for the last 5 GOLDEN DERBY FREE GAMES features.

Once you have chosen a horse you will be taken to the Free Games reels. A racetrack sits above the Free Games reels with 3 horses on it (red, yellow and green). The CURRENT LEADER field show the current race positions, with your horse name in flashing text and its details listed above.

The free games will start automatically. During free games only red, yellow and green HORSE WILD symbols (which are stacked 1, 2 or 3 symbols high on the reels) can land on reel #5. HORSE WILD symbols can stand for any other symbol, except SCATTER, to make the best possible winning combination. On every free spin, the number of symbol spaces occupied by red, yellow and green HORSE WILD symbols on reel #5 determines how many spaces the horses on the track move forward. Free games end when a horse reaches the finish line. The size of win multiplier applied to the total free games win is decided by the position your horse finishes in:

  • 1-st place – x3 multiplier.
  • 2-nd place – x2 multiplier.
  • 3-rd place – x1 multiplier.

During the Free Games feature the reels are spun automatically using the same bet per line as on the spin that triggered the feature. The win for each spin is displayed in the WIN field beneath the reels. The total win for the Free Games round is shown in the TOTAL WIN field. The number of free games played is displayed in the SPINS PLAYED field.

Note: SCATTER symbols cannot appear during GOLDEN DERBY FREE GAMES feature and therefore the Free Games feature cannot be retriggered.

Daily Jackpot, Weekly Jackpot and Mega Jackpot

The Daily Jackpot ticker shows the value of the Daily Jackpot. The jackpot is guaranteed to be won within the remaining time displayed on the ticker.

The central ticker shows the value of the Mega Jackpot.

The Weekly Jackpot ticker shows the value of the Weekly Jackpot. The jackpot is guaranteed to be won within the remaining time displayed on the ticker.

Any bet of any size can win the Daily Jackpot, the Weekly Jackpot or the Mega Jackpot, but the larger a bet is the more likely it is to trigger 1 of these jackpots.

The jackpots are linked to several games, which are available through multiple casinos. The jackpots can be won by placing a bet in any of these games in any of the participating casinos.

For each bet placed, the operator contributes to the jackpot fund. Each contribution is equal to 2% of each bet placed. 84.5% of each contribution funds the current jackpots, and 15.5% funds the seed pot for the next jackpots.

The seed pot funds the Daily Jackpot seed, the Weekly Jackpot seed and the Mega Jackpot seed. (The seed is the amount of money a jackpot begins with.)

As the Daily Jackpot, the Weekly Jackpot and the Mega Jackpot are funded by the operator, these jackpots do not affect the RTP of the game.

Funds may sometimes be removed from the seed pot to fund other promotions. The terms and conditions of these promotions are available on the casino website throughout the promotion periods.

If the current Daily Jackpot is won before 21:00 GMT (BST during British Summer Time), 1 or more additional jackpots may become available to win within the remaining time shown in the Daily Jackpot ticker.

If the current Weekly Jackpot is won before 12:00 p.m. GMT on Saturday (12:00 p.m. BST during British Summer Time), 1 or more additional jackpots become available to win within the remaining time shown in the Weekly Jackpot ticker.

Note:

  • If 2 players win a jackpot at the same time, the 1st player will be awarded the seed and the progressive amount, and the 2nd player will win the seed together with any accumulated progressive part accrued in the time between when the 1st player won the jackpot and when the 2nd player won the jackpot.
  • If no game play takes place at the time at which a jackpot must be won (either the Daily Jackpot or the Weekly Jackpot), then that jackpot will be triggered by the first bet placed the following day.
  • Game malfunctions void all payouts.

Casino toolbar

The lower and upper edges of the game window hold the casino toolbars. These toolbars contain a number of menus and buttons that allow you to change client settings or take advantage of the various features available in the casino client. To open one of the buttons, click on it.

The bottom toolbar contains the following:

  • Balance – Your game window balance. This is the total money which you can use to play the current casino game, consisting of your Real Money balance as well as all the bonuses available for this game.
  • Deposit / Cashier – Clicking this button opens the Deposit / Cashier window, where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real Money – This button appears only in Fun and Anonymous modes. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • Free Spin Bonus – This icon is displayed only in games in which you have bonus Free Spins available. Clicking this icon opens the Free Spins Bonus Panel.

The top toolbar contains the following:

  • Games – Next to this icon is the quick launch menu. Mouse over any category to see the available games in that category. Click on any game to launch that game.
  • Featured – Is a feature that enables you to find your next game adventure! It contains various game categories from which you can choose games to play.
  • Slot – When you have found your desired game, click on the appropriate game icon to start the game.
  • Table Games – When you have found your desired game, click on the appropriate game icon to start the game.
  • Sound on/off – Clicking this button will disable/enable sound effects. Mouse over the sound icon to slide open the sound volume slider, where you can adjust the volume.
  • Menu – Mouse over this icon to open the Tools menu. The menu contains the following:
    • History – Opens the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds. Note that the history is unavailable in Fun and Anonymous modes.
    • Options – Opens the options dialog, where you can change various gameplay settings.
    • Help – Opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    • Paytable – Opens the paytable of the game. Click the X button to return to the main game.

Info page:

  • Clicking the INFO button “i” opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrows at either side of the screen, or the radio buttons at the bottom, enables navigation between the different info screens of the paytable.
  • Clicking X exits the info screen and returns to the game.

Buttons:

  • “i” – Open the reference screen that describes the different game components (paytable).
  • Line Bet + and − buttons – Increase or decrease the bet per line.
  • Lines + and − buttons – Increase or decrease the number of active paylines.
  • Autoplay – Spin the reels a number of times in succession.
  • Turbo – Turn on/off Turbo Mode, available during the main game only. Switching to Turbo Mode speeds up the game play by switching off some win animations and sounds while making the reels spin faster.
  • Spin – Spin the reels.
  • Stop – Stop the reel spin animation and immediately display the spin result or stop Autoplay mode.

Note on disconnections: if you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of the game, log in again into the casino. You will be automatically directed back to the game and you can continue the game from the point where it was broken. If you re-open the game without re-logging into the casino, the game will start from the very beginning. In both cases, your previous wins will be paid.

To check the results of your old games or find additional details about recent games, click the History button, available in the Menu. Use your regular username and password to log in and check the outcome of previous rounds of both desktop and mobile version of the game.

Note on malfunctions: a malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on unresolved bets: unresolved bets placed become void after 90 days.

The theoretical percentage return to player (RTP) is 93.01%.

Everybody’s Jackpot slot

Everybody′s Jackpot

9-Reel 8-Line Progressive Slot

The objective of Everybody′s Jackpot is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

TO PLAY THE GAME

    • Choose your line bet by clicking ‘–’ or ‘+’.
  • Click the TURBO MODE button to switch Turbo Mode on or off. When turned on, some win animations and sounds are skipped and the reels spin faster.
  • Clicking SPIN spins the reels with the currently selected line bet. During the reel spin the SPIN button changes into STOP. Clicking STOP ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Pressing the Spacebar key spins the reels with the currently selected total bet.
  • To use Autoplay, you must first set the Autoplay session limitations. See below for more information about setting Autoplay limitations.
  • The reels can also be spun using the Auto Play function. Mouse over the AUTO PLAY button to display the list of options.
    • Select the number of auto spins.
  • Clicking the START AUTOPLAY button starts the Autoplay session. You can end the Autoplay session by clicking the STOP AUTOPLAY button showing the number of remaining spins.
  • To enter the triggered feature, click the CLICK TO START button. After the end of the feature, click CONTINUE on the winnings summary screen to return to the main game or resume the Autoplay mode (if there are any auto spins left to play).

AUTOPLAY LIMITATIONS

Before entering Autoplay mode you must set the Autoplay session limitations. The set Autoplay session limitations apply to only one Autoplay session in the current game.

In the ‘Responsible Gaming – Auto Play’ dialog box, you can set the following:

  • Stop Autoplay on overall loss of: (mandatory). The amount of money you can spend in the Autoplay session. If you reach the set limit, Autoplay will stop.
    Note that each Autoplay bet reduces the set limit, and each Autoplay win increases the remaining limit.
  • Stop on single win more than: Checkbox and win amount (optional). Autoplay will stop if you win more than the set amount, on a single bet.
  • Stop Autoplay on Jackpot win: Checkbox (optional). Autoplay will stop when you win the Jackpot. This limitation is available only for progressive games.

To save your settings and start the Autoplay session, click Confirm. To return to your regular gameplay, click Exit.

  • The paytable can be accessed via the INFO button or via the Menu.

ABOUT PAYOUTS

  • Wins are calculated according to the Paytable which can be accessed via the Menu.
    • Line win = line bet × corresponding multiplier according to the paytable.
    • SCATTER win = total bet × corresponding multiplier according to the paytable.
  • If more than 1 active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up. If 2 or more winning combinations occur on the same line, you will be paid the value of the highest winning combination. Win combinations for lines 1 to 5 pay left to right only and for lines 6 to 8 pay top to bottom only, except SCATTER which pays any winning combinations on lines 4 or 5 are multiplied by 3 payline wins are multiplied by the line bet. The SCATTER symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the SCATTER symbol can be found below.
  • The accumulating winnings and all payline wins are shown for each winning spin. In the case of large wins, a Win popup opens displaying the total spin revenue.

WILD SYMBOL

The WILD symbol appears only during Free Games and may occupy only the central reel. It can stand for any other symbol, except SCATTER, to make the best possible winning combination.

SCATTER SYMBOL

The SCATTER symbols do not have to appear on any particular payline or be aligned in any particular order on a payline in order to win. If there are 2 or more SCATTER symbols anywhere in the spin results, the payout earned is multiplied by the total bet and added to payline winnings.

If 3 or more SCATTER symbols appear anywhere on the reels during main game or during Free Games, 12 Free Games with a WILD symbol are triggered.

FREE GAMES

3 or more SCATTER symbols in any position on the reels simultaneously during main game trigger 12 Free Games with a WILD symbol. The WILD symbol may appear only in the middle position of the central reel and substitutes for all symbols except SCATTER.

3 or more SCATTER symbols in any position on the reels simultaneously during Free Games win 12 more Free Games with the same rules. More Free Games can be retriggered in this way infinitely. Free Game wins are added to the payline and SCATTER wins.

EVERYBODY′S JACKPOT

The game is played with a Mystery Progressive Jackpot.

A player qualifies to win or share the Jackpot by having bet in the game at least 50€ in the last 24 hours. There is a qualifying meter at the side of the reels with 6 levels of progress that show whether the player has qualified or how far the qualification is depending on their total bet.

The Jackpot is triggered randomly during main game by any spin, whether a winning spin or a non-winning spin. The player who triggered the spin wins 70% of the Jackpot prize. The remaining 30% is distributed in the following way: 15% is shared equally among all qualified players and the remaining 15% is distributed amongst the players proportionally to their bets during the last 24 hours – the more the player bets, the greater their share. A player that has quit the game can still share another player′s win of the Jackpot if they qualify for it.

The Jackpot cannot be triggered during Free Games. However, it is possible for a qualified player to share another player′s Jackpot during Free Games.

The Progressive Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): EUR 20,000
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 3.00% (the average seed pot contribution is 0.3% and the average progressive jackpot contribution is 2.7%)
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): A player qualifies to win or share the Jackpot by having bet in the game at least 50€ in the last 24 hours. The Jackpot is triggered randomly during main game by any spin, whether a winning spin or a non-winning spin.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play Everybody′s Jackpot game.

Please note:

  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • The seed and Jackpot values are in EUR in the progressive network and their value in your local currency is dependent on the currency exchange rate specified by the casino.
  • If 2 players win the same Progressive Jackpot at the same time, the first player will be awarded the seed and the progressive part, and the second player will win the seed along with any progressive amount that was accumulated in the time between the two Jackpot wins.
  • Imperfections in Internet connectivity may cause you to experience delays in jackpot messages or updates, but they do not affect actual jackpot wins
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

Note on disconnections: if you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of the game, log in again into the casino. You will be automatically directed back to the game and you can continue the game from the point where it was broken. If you re-open the game without re-logging into the casino, the game will start from the very beginning. In both cases, your previous wins will be paid.

To check the results of your old games or find additional details about recent games, click the History button, available in the Menu. Use your regular username and password to log in and check the outcome of previous rounds of both desktop and mobile version of the game.

Note on malfunctions: a malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on unresolved bets: unresolved bets placed become void after 90 days.

The minimum theoretical return to player (RTP) percentage is 91.01% and the maximum theoretical return to player (RTP) percentage that includes the Jackpot contribution is 94.01%.

Categories
Online Casino AustraliaOnline Casino UKOnline Casino USA
Online Casino CanadaOnline Casino NZOnline Casino Denmark
Online Casino GermanyPlaytech CasinosNetEnt Casinos
Microgaming CasinosNovomatic CasinosPlay 'n Go Casinos
Blueprint CasinosPariplay CasinosMerkur Casinos
IGT CasinosNew Online CasinosFast Paying Casinos
Crypto CasinoAge of the Gods slotsDC Comics slots
Marvel SlotsJackpot SlotsPlaytech slots
Scratch Cards OnlineBlackjack OnlineRoulette Games
Video PokerOnline Casino GameOnline Casino Nederland
Online Casino Italia Online Casino Review SitesLive Online Casino
Online Casino BonusesSpelpausCasinos not on Gamstop
Slots RTP DatabseBest Mobile CasinosOnlaĭn Казино Bŭlgariya

VIDEO SLOT PROGRESSIVES

Just as on slots with mechanical reels, progressive jackpots that build as you play are big attractions for players on video slots.

There also are some differences in the way progressives work on video, whether on live slots or online slots.

  • Most progressive video slots offer more than one progressive jackpot.
  • You usually do not have to make a maximum-coins bet to be jackpot-eligible.
  • Many video slot progressives do not require you to line up symbols on a payline to win.

This chapter will discuss different types of progressive video slots, what to look for and how players betting different amounts can be eligible for the same jackpot.

Separator

MULTI-TIERED PROGRESSIVES

Just as on mechanical-reel slots, progressive jackpots are a huge draw for players. To some extent, the types of progressive games are similar:

  • Standalone progressives, in which jackpots build by adding a portion of each bet to the pot on one machine.
  • Linked progressives, in which a portion of bets on multiple machines is added to the jackpots on all linked machines.
  • Wide-area progressives, in which a portion of bets on machines at different casinos are added to a common jackpot.

All those formats exist on video for live slots. Online casinos have emulated the progressive experience, but we don’t yet find as many progressives on online slots as on live slots.

A few examples on live slots include:

Multi-tiered progressive

Zorro, in Aristocrat Technologies’ Double Standalone line in which jackpots build at separate machines;

Jackpot Party Progressive Deluxe, from WMS Gaming, in which linked machines at a single casino build a jackpot together;
International Game Technologies’ TV Hits links, where games of several themes based on television shows build jackpots at multiple casinos.
From that base, however, game manufacturers have been able to take progressive excitement and kick it up a notch, or several notches.
The most important difference is that most video progressive slots feature multiple jackpots, while most mechanical-reel progressives have a single jackpot.

The multi-tiered jackpot format has proved so popular on video that is also used on some mechanical reel games, though video remains its main domain.

There are big differences on what you see on the game. On a mechanical-reel, single-jackpot machine, you might see a pay table that looks like this for the top few symbols:

Paytable

There is one progressive jackpot, and it increases wager by wager. On this machine, you might see it creep up on a lighted display from $1,023.44, and build penny by penny, depending on how much play the game is getting.
On a video slot with a multi-tiered jackpot, you won’t see the full pay table unless you push the “Menu” or “See Pays” button.
However, the progressive awards are there big as life, in the top box of the game you’re playing, on a large plasma display stretching over the tops of several machines, or both.

A top box display might look like this:

Box Display

The games are designed to have small, easily attainable jackpots so that on a full bank of machines, someone is winning every few minutes. The number of tiers varies. Four tiers are common, but games with anything from two to 12 jackpot tiers have had niches in casinos.

Different gamemakers and different games use their own terms for the jackpot levels. You might see Mini-Minor-Major-Grand, but you also might see Bronze-Silver- Gold-Platinum, or even just numbered levels.

Featured Playtech Online Casino

Overall Rating

Info

  • Casino:
  • Website:

Separator

MULTI-TIER BEGINNINGS:

Multi-tiered jackpots were introduced by Aristocrat Technologies with its Hyperlink series of linked progressives.

The first Hyperlink game in American casinos was Cash Express. Features of the original Cash Express included:

  • Four progressive levels – Mini, Minor, Major and Grand – started at $10, $50, $100 and $1,000.
  • A railroad theme for the jackpot round.
  • The main bonus event was launched when you landed railroad cars across the video reels.
  • When the bonus launched, animation of a railroad train would chug across the plasma screen overhead.
  • Each car of the train contained a number of bonus credits, and you would collect credits from several cars.
  • You also would build points during the round, and if you collected enough points, you’d win one of the progressives.
Cash Express was very popular, and spurred other game manufacturers to design their own multi-tiered jackpots. Aristocrat itself has followed with many Hyperlink games, including a new Cash Express version called Cash Express Gold Class. Gold Class adds a fifth progressive level that starts building at $9,500.

Separator

HOW TO WIN

Some video slot jackpots work just like the traditional reel-spinning progressives: Line up the jackpot symbols across the reels, and you win. However, most multi- tiered jackpots aren’t so straightforward. There is a division between symbol-driven jackpots and mystery jackpots. Mystery jackpots are related to the mystery bonuses discussed in Chapter 5.4: Mystery Bonuses and Skill-Based Bonuses. They happen without any clue on the reels that they’re coming.

You don’t need to line up winning symbols to win a mystery progressive. That’s something that will be a focus of discussion in Chapter 6.2: Minimum Bettors Can Play for Maximum Jackpots.
On symbol-driven progressives, you do need to line up winning symbols to win a jackpot or to trigger an even to lead to a jackpot.
Under both mystery and symbol-driven bonuses, there often is an extra step before you win a progressive.
Sometimes it involves a spin of a bonus wheel, which can award credits, launch other bonus events or award a progressive.
Sometimes it involves playing a bonus event in which you need to win your way toward a progressive.

One example is Jackpot Party Progressive Deluxe, which has a five-tier progressive marked by stars:
a blue star for a level that starts at $5, green for $15, silver for $50, gold for $200 and red for $10,000.

A bonus event launches when you land “Bonus” symbols on the first and third reels and a gift box symbol on the fifth. That takes you to a free spin bonus. During the free spins, you can win trips to a Jackpot Party gift box grid. On the gift grid, an animated hand points to a box. It opens to reveal either a credit award or star.
If the box contains a star, you advance a progressive level.
It’s all part of the fun, a format designed to keep you involved and entertained. Similar games within a game are used to put you on the progressive trail under both symbol-driven and mystery formats.
Regardless of whether your progressive is symbol-driven or a mystery game, you usually do not have to bet maximum coins to be eligible for the jackpot, as you do on mechanical-reel progressives.

How casinos can allow players who don’t bet the max to play for progressive jackpots is the focus of the next subchapter.

Key Takeaways
  • Progressive jackpots on video slots usually have multiple tiers.
  • Progressives can be either symbol-driven or mystery games.
  • Winning a progressive jackpot often involves playing a game within a game.

Cash Express

MINIMUM BETTORS CAN PLAY FOR MAXIMUM JACKPOTS​

Just as video technology has brought creative opportunity for slot designers, it has brought challenges.

Progressive slots have provided one big challenge.
The mechanical-reels format of requiring maximum-coins bets to be eligible for the progressive jackpot hasn’t proved practical on video slots for a combination of reasons.

    • Video slots, which include live slots and online slots, have many more paylines than three-reel slots.
    • Video slots accept wagers of many coins per line – five, 10 and 20 coins per line are common maximums.
    • A few players make maximum bets that can total hundreds of coins.
  • Players commonly cover all paylines, but the majority bet only one or two coins per line.

Jackpots

If a machine has 30 paylines and will accept bets of up to 10 coins per line, that’s a 300-coin max bet. Some player bet that max, but many more are betting 30 or 60 coins per spin. That leaves a couple of important problems.

  • How do you offer a progressive to players who come nowhere near max bets?
  • How do you make players who bet 30 coins and 300 coins eligible for the same jackpot?

Two main solutions have emerged, and you’ll find both in today’s live casinos and online casinos:

  • Extra wagers on the progressive jackpot.
  • Mystery jackpots.

Separator

EXTRA WAGERS

The easiest way to put minimum and maximum bettors on a level playing field in pursuing the same jackpot is the make the progressive jackpots a separate wager.

Instead of a portion of each bet going into the progressive pot, the progressives are funded by a side bet. The side bet differs from game to game and manufacture to manufacturer. Progressive wagers as low as 15 cents and as high as $1 have been used.

Usually, you are required to cover all the paylines along with making the progressive bet.

On a 30-line game, for example, the button panel might have buttons for bet one line, bet five lines, bet 10 lines, bet 20 lines and bet 30 lines, as well as one marked, “30 lines plus feature.”

Below those are the usual array of buttons for betting one, two, three or more credits per line, up to the game’s max. If you are playing a 30-line game with a 15- cent bet on the progressive jackpot, and you want to play one coin per line and make the progressive bet, you would:

Extra Wager
  • Push the button to play 30 lines plus feature.
  • Push the button to play one coin per line.
  • That would give you a total wager of 45 cents – 30 cents on the main game, and 15 cents on the progressive.

If the max wager is 10 coins per line, then the total max bet would be $3.15 – $3 on the main game and 15 cents on the progressive. That puts players with vastly different bet sizes on a level field in pursuing the progressive. The max bettor is wagering 10 times as much on the main game as the player betting the minimum per line, but they are contributing the same 15 cents per spin to the progressive pool.

That enables them to play for the same jackpot.

Separator

MYSTERY JACKPOTS

As discussed in Chapter 5: Bonus Events, mystery bonuses are triggered without lining up winning symbols on a payline. Mystery pays can be triggered when:

  • A randomly selected time is reached.
  • A randomly selected wagering total is reached.
  • A randomly selected jackpot amount is reached.

For progressive jackpots, let’s look at that last item more closely.

Let’s say the third level of a four-level jackpot starts building at $100, and that one cent of every dollar wagered is added to the pot. Further, let’s say the game is programmed so that the jackpot must be paid before it reaches $200.
A random number generator selects a total between $100 and $200. The player whose wager pushes the jackpot to that amount wins it. To make up an example, pretend you’re betting $3 per spin of the reels and I’m betting 30 cents.

Now let’s say the RNG has selected a payoff amount of $142.34. As you and I play, we see the jackpot at $142.31. We don’t know it’s getting close to payoff time, but it is. Each time you make your $3 bet, you’re adding 3 cents to the jackpot. It takes 10 of my 30-cent bets to add 3 cents to the pot.

So to push the jackpot from $142.31 to the payoff point of $142.34, you only have to make one more bet. I would have to make 10 more bets. You can see how it works in this chart. In a casino, neither player would necessarily be playing alone, and another player might win the jackpot before Player A or B makes the crucial bet.

Bigger bet

You’re betting 10 times as much per spin as I am, but you’re also adding 10 times as much to the progressive pot and have 10 times as many chances per spin to push the jackpot to the payoff point.

Now we can play for the same jackpot, even though we’re betting vastly different amounts, because you have proportionately more chances to win with your bigger bets. The same principal applies if progressive jackpots are triggered through mystery bonus events that also could bring credits or free spins instead of a jackpot.

Instead of a jackpot amount, imagine a mystery bonus event is triggered when a certain wagering total is reached. In a hypothetical game, let’s say a mystery bonus that could lead to a progressive is triggered when total wagers on the bank of linked machines reaches a total between $250 and $500.

Let’s walk through a few steps:

  • The RNG selects $383.17 as the target.
  • The player whose wager pushes the total wagers at the linked games to $383.17 goes to the bonus.
  • You’re betting $3 per spin; I’m betting 30 cents.
  • Each bet you make pushes the total $3 closer to the target. Each bet I make pushes only 30 cents nearer the target.
  • You are 10 times more likely than I am to make the bet that triggers the bonus event.

None of that interferes with the randomness of the game. The odds per wager size are the same for everybody. But bigger bettors will go to the bonus event or win the jackpot proportionately more often. And that allows bettors big and small to play for the same jackpot.

Ring

Key Takeaways
  • Players with vastly different bet sizes can play for the same jackpot on most video slots.
  • Some video slots use side bets to fund jackpots.
  • Mystery progressives use a random number generator to set a payoff target.

Separator

TEST YOURSELF

  1. Do you have to bet the max to be eligible to win video slot progressives?
  2. True or False: The biggest jackpot is always paid for lining up five jackpot symbols on the center line.
  3. Video slot progressives usually have: A. a single progressive jackpot; B. four progressive tiers; C. multiple progressive tiers, though the number can vary.
  4. True or False: Wide-area progressives such as Megabucks, popular on three-reel slots, aren’t used on video slots.
  5. You can win a progressive jackpot: A. by lining up winning symbols on a payline; B. as a mystery payoff, without any clue that it’s coming; C. as part of a bonus event; D. any of the above, depending on the game.
  6. What slot manufacturer popularized multi-tier progressives with its Hyperlink series?
  7. Name two ways slot manufacturers can enable players betting different amounts to play for the same jackpot.
  8. True or False: When separate progressive bets are required, all players contribute the same amount to the jackpot.
  9. In a game with a mystery progressive, does a small bettor have the same chance to win as a big bettor?
  10. True or false: Games with mystery payouts use a random number generator to select a time, total wager amount or jackpot amount to trigger a payoff.

Answers

  1. No, on most video slots you do not have to bet the max to be eligible to win progressives.
  2. False. The biggest jackpot on video slot progressive is not always paid for lining up five jackpot symbols on the center line. Some jackpots are awarded without lining up winning symbols.
  3. C. Video slot progressives usually have multiple progressive tiers, though the number can vary.
  4. False: Wide-area progressives are used on video slots, with IGT’s TV Hits links being one example.
  5. D. You can win a progressive jackpot by any of the following, depending on game: lining up winning symbols on a payline; as a mystery payoff, without any clue that it’s coming; or as part of a bonus event.
  6. Aristocrat Technologies popularized multi-tier progressives with its Hyperlink series, with the first U.S. Hyperlink game being Cash Express.
  7. Slot manufacturers can enable players betting different amounts to play for the same jackpot by using separate jackpot bets or with mystery payoffs.
  8. True: When separate progressive bets are required, all players contribute the same amount to the jackpot. You might bet 30 cents, $3 or some other amount on the main game, but still must make the specified progressive bet to be eligible for the jackpot.
  9. In a game with a mystery progressive, small bettors get fewer chances per spin to trigger the jackpot or jackpot event than big bettors. Big bettors will win more often, though small bettors will win in proportion to their bet size.
  10. True: Games with mystery payouts use a random number generator to select a time, total wager amount or jackpot amount to trigger a payoff.

Written by John Grochowski

Slots Jackpot Chances: Crowded Casinos Vs. Empty Casinos

Looking for the best chance to win a big jackpot is practically the reason for existence for some slot machine players. Among the most frequently asked questions about slots are, “How can I tell when a slot is ready to pay a jackpot?”, “Is there anything you can do to make a machine pay a jackpot?”, “How can I track a loose slot?” and “Are you better off playing a hot machine that has just paid a jackpot or a cold machine that is due to pay a jackpot?”

And there’s a fifth question: “Aren’t there more jackpots in crowded casinos?”

The answers to the first four:

  1. “How can I tell when a slot is ready to pay a jackpot?”: Results are random and there is no way to tell when a machine is going to pay off.
  2. “Is there anything you can do to make a machine pay a jackpot?”: There is nothing you can do, no strategy you can follow that will force the random number generator to produce a jackpot number.
  3. “Are you better off playing a hot machine that has just paid a jackpot or a cold machine that is due to pay a jackpot?”: There is no tendency for hot machines to stay hot or cold machines to stay cold. Neither strategy is more likely to lead you to a jackpot.
  4. “How can I track a loose slot?”: You really can’t.
  5. “Aren’t there more jackpots in crowded casinos?”: Let’s explain in detail.

It is true that there are more slots jackpots in crowded casinos. However, you are no more likely to hit a jackpot in a crowded casino than if you’re the only player on the floor.

Crowded Casino Jackpot

That runs contrary to the feelings of some players, a number of whom have made their opinions known via email with comments including these;

  • “I feel luckier in a crowded casino. When I see others winning around me, I just feel like something good is going to happen.”
  • “You know when they announce over the P.A. that someone has won a big jackpot at slots? That’s always in a crowded casino.”
  • “Everybody knows you have to go at the crowded times. That’s when they hand out all the money.”

Nonetheless, feeling lucky and actually being lucky are two different things.

There are more slots jackpots when more people are playing, but that’s because there are more players, more spins and more chances at a big payoff.

For individual players, the chances of hitting a big slot jackpot are the same regardless of how many others are playing.

Let’s make up a hypothetical situation. Imagine a casino filled with slot machines that pay their top jackpot an average of once per 10,000 spins.

Slot Machine results are random, so it’s possible for the jackpot combination to show up two spins in a row, or not at all for 20,000, 50,000, 100,000 or even more spins. But as a long-term average, the slots jackpots in our hypothetical casino show up an average of once per 10,000 spins.

Now let’s stipulate that on a slow Wednesday morning, 100 people are playing, each playing for 1,000 spins (free spins included)

In all, there are 100,000 spins. With average results for these machines, we could expect about 10 jackpots.

Depending on where you are in the casino, you might or might not see a slot player win big. The big win could come right next to you, or it might be all the way across the casino floor or in a different room or nook.

Next, let’s say you come back on a Saturday night with 1,500 people each playing 1,000 spins.

Instead of the 100,000 spins on the slow Wednesday, there are 1.5 million spins.

This time, average results would yield 150 jackpots.

Jackpot table

Those 150 slts jackpots come in the space as the 10 jackpots when there are fewer players and more empty machines. With more jackpots in the same space, there’s a much better chance you’ll witness a big win or two or three.

With all those big jackpots, the lights and sound effects from the machines and the hubbub with slot attendants, supervisors and casino security paying off the big winners, it will feel as there’s a whole lot of winning on the busier night

But notice that whether the numbers are 10 slot machines jackpots for 100 players or 150 jackpots for 1,500 players, it’s still an average of one jackpot per 10 players.

Your chances of winning a jackpot are the same in the busy casino as in the smaller crowd, no matter how much winning might be going on around you.

The notion that there’s a better chance to win on busier nights is an illusion.

Real-world conditions vary. Not all slots within a casino have the same jackpot hit frequency, most paying a lot less often than once per 10,000 spins. On a game with a big multimillion-dollar jackpot like Megabucks, the jackpot chances are closer to 1 in 50 million.

So your actual chances of hitting a jackpot will differ than in our hypothetical, which was designed for easy arithmetic.

But the principle remains the same. There are more slots jackpots on crowded nights, but the individual players’ chances remain the same regardless of crowd size.

Blog